M 1515 UNISA LIBRARY - FLORIDA Item Quantity … · m 1515 unisa library - florida april 2016 item quantity amount no r section 1 bill no 1 preliminaries building agreement and preliminaries

M 1515UNISA LIBRARY - FLORIDA

April 2016

Item Quantity AmountNo R

SECTION 1

BILL NO 1

PRELIMINARIES

BUILDING AGREEMENT AND PRELIMINARIES

PRINCIPAL BUILDING AGREEMENT

The JBCC Series 2000 Principal Building Agreement (July 2007 Fifth Edition) preparedby the Joint Building Contracts Committee shall be the applicable building agreement,amended as hereinafter described

PRELIMINARIES

The ASAQS Preliminaries (November 2007 edition) published by the Association ofSouth African Quantity Surveyors for use with the said JBCC Principal BuildingAgreement shall be deemed to be incorporated in these bills of quantities

FULL INTENT AND MEANING OF CLAUSES

Tenderers shall be deemed to have referred to the afore-mentioned documents for thefull intent and meaning of each clause

These clauses are hereinafter referred to by clause number and heading only. Wherestandard clauses or alternatives are not entirely applicable to this contract suchmodifications, corrections or supplements as will apply are given under each relevantclause heading and such modifications, corrections or supplements shall takeprecedence notwithstanding anything contrary contained in the abovementioneddocuments

Where any item is not relevant to this specific contract such item is marked N/A,signifying "not applicable"

PREAMBLES FOR TRADES

The Model Preambles for Trades (1999 edition) as published by the Association ofSouth African Quantity Surveyors shall be deemed to be incorporated in these bills ofquantities and no claims arising from brevity of description of items fully described inthe said Model Preambles will be entertained

Supplementary preambles are incorporated in these bills of quantities to satisfy therequirements of this project. Such supplementary preambles shall take precedenceover the provisions of the said Model Preambles

Carried to Collection R PRELIMINARIESBILL NO 1PRELIMINARIES

- 1 -


April 2016

The tenderers' prices for all items throughout these bills of quantities must takeaccount of and include for all the obligations, requirements and specifications given inthe said Model Preambles and in any supplementary preambles

PRICING OF PRELIMINARIES

Tenderers shall allow opposite each clause for any cost involved with complying withsuch clause. Any applicable clauses left unpriced shall be deemed to be included inthe rates and prices elsewhere incorporated throughout these bills of quantities

PAYMENT CATEGORIES OF PRELIMINARIES

Should the Tenderer select Option A in terms of subclause 3.2.1 in the Contract Data -Contractor to Employer (CE) for the purpose of adjustment of these preliminaries, theamount entered into the amount column in these preliminaries is to be divided into oneor more of the three categories provided namely Fixed (F), Value Related (V) andTime Related (T).

These relevant categories shall be as follows:

"F" - A fixed amount which shall not be varied

"V" - A variable amount that will be varied in proportion to the Contract Value

"T" - A variable amount that will be varied in proportion to the approved time for completion

SECTION A - PRINCIPAL BUILDING AGREEMENT

Definitions

1 Clause 1.0 - Definitions and interpretation

The definition for "BILLS OF QUANTITIES" must be deleted and be replaced by thefollowing:

"BILLS OF QUANTITIES: The document drawn up is in accordance with the StandardSystem of Measuring Building Work 1999 Sixth Edition (Revised). The contractorshall have priced the document to reflect the contract sum"

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

Objective and preparations

2 Clause 2.0 - Offer acceptance and performance obligations

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item


- 2 -


April 2016

3 Clause 3.0 - Documents

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

4 Clause 4.0 - Design responsibility

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

5 Clause 5.0 - Employer's agents

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

6 Clause 6.0 - Contractor's site representative

The principal agent reserves the right to request, if necessary, thereplacement of the site agent if he consider that he does not have thenecessary skills to perform such extremely important role

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

7 Clause 7.0 - Compliance with laws and regulations

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Clause 7.0, the contractor's attentionis drawn to the provisions of the Construction Regulations, 2003 issued in terms of theOccupational Health and Safety Act, 1993. It is specifically stated that the employershall prepare a documented health and safety specification for the works. Thecontractor shall refer to Annexures for a copy of the relevant specification and shallensure that the contractor has made provision for the cost of health and safetymeasures during the execution of the works. The contractor shall price opposite thisitem for compliance with the act and the regulations and the reasonable provisions ofthe aforementioned health and safety specifications.

The contractor shall comply with the health and safety specification for the works andshall co-operate with the health and safety consultant in all respects

The contractor shall manage the compliance of all subcontractors with the regulations,and with the health and safety plan and specification.

Add the following clause:

"7.2 The employer reserves the right to pay direct (i.e. not through the contractor)for all or any permanent connections to local or other authority services, for whichbudgetary allowances have been included within the contract documents. In the eventof the employer paying direct for these charges, the contractor will not be entitled to aten percent (10%) mark-up in terms of Clause 32.4. All such budgetary allowancesincluded in the contract sum will be omitted:

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item


- 3 -


April 2016

8 Clause 8.0 - Works risk

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

9 Clause 9.0 - Indemnities

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

10 Clause 10.0 - General insurances

The Contractor shall be registered with the Compensation Commissioner inaccordance with the requirements of the Compensation for Occupational Injuries andDiseases Act No 130 of 1993, as amended and shall provide the Client with its COIDregistration number

F:........................... V:............................T:........................... Item

11 Clause 11.0 - Special insurances

F:............................. V:............................ T:........................... Item

12 Clause 12.0 - Effecting insurances

Clause 12.1.1 and 12.1.2 shall be deleted and be replaces with the following:

"12.1.1 General insurance (10.1) form the date of the handover of the site until thedate of practical completion (24.0) as a whole or the relevant dates ofsectional completion (28.0) per section, and

12.1.2 Special insurances where required (11.1) until the date of practicalcompletion (24.0) as a whole or the relevant dates of sectional completion(28.0) per section"

12.6 Clause 12.6 is hereby amended by the substitution of "shall be theresponsibility of the employer" in the second line with "as stated in theschedule"

F:............................ V:............................T:.......................... Item

13 Clause 13.0 - Assignment

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item


- 4 -


April 2016

14 Clause 14.0 - Security


"14.2 The expiry date for the security to be provided (14.3-14.5) shall be onehundred and eighty (180) calender days after the date for practicalcompletion for the work as a whole or after the dates for sectionalcompletion per section"


"14.9 In the event that the value of the works (excluding adjustments in terms ofCPAP) were to increase by an amount of 15% or more of the contract sum,upon written request from the principal agent, the contractor shallimmediately arrange to have the construction guarantee "guaranteed sum"increased accordingly, the verified cost of which shall be added to thecontract value."

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

Execution

15 Clause 15.0 - Preparation for and execution of the works

The following shall be added to Clause 15.6.1

"The program will be finalized all to the approval of the principal agent within fourteen(14) calender days after the acceptance of the tender

Due to the nature of the contract, the contractor must allow for overtime work fromtime to time to meet programme dates. All breaking of concrete and jackhammerrelated work inside the buildings, to be done after hours and or on weekends.

The programme shall be compiled based on the Critical Path Method of programmingand the critical activities are to be clearly highlighted. It shall be compiled in such away that the logic is not constrained to by resource limitations, unless specificallyagreed by the principal agent"

The Time Management consultant will check and agree all programmes as submittedby the contractor


"15.6.4 If, at any time

(a) actual progress is too slow to complete within the time forcompletion, and/or

(b) progress has fallen (or will fall) behind the current programme,other than as a result of a cause listed in Clause 29.0, thenthe principal agent may instruct the contractor to submit withinfourteen (14) calender days a revised programme and supporting


- 5 -


April 2016

report describing the revised methods which the contractorproposes to adopt in order to expedite progress and completewithin the time for completion

Unless the principal agent notifies otherwise, the contractor shall adoptthese revised methods which may require increases in the working hoursand/or in the numbers of the contractor's personnel and/or goods, at therisk and the cost of the contractor. If these revised methods cause theemployer to incur additional costs, the contractor shall pay these costs tothe employer in addition to delay damages (if any)."

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

16 Clause 16.0 - Site and access

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

17 Clause 17.0 - Contract instructions


"17.1.21 Acceleration"

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

18 Clause 18.0 - Setting out of the works

Add the following clauses:

"18.5 The contractor shall notify the principal agent if any encroachments ofadjoining foundations, buildings, structures, pavements, boundaries, etcexist in order that the necessary arrangements may be made for therectification of any such encroachments

18.6 The contractor shall perform tolerance control checks regularly throughoutthe contract period and report on these on regular intervals to the principalagent in a format approved by the principal agent

Should the contractor fail to comply with this requirement to the satisfactionof the principal agent, progressively as the structure is constructed, theemployer may commission a registered land surveyor to do so on thecontractor's behalf and at the contractor's expense

18.7 The contractor shall provide attendance and all reasonable assistance to theabovementioned or any other land surveyor who may be appointed by theemployer"

F: ............................ V:...........................T:........................... Item


- 6 -


April 2016

19 Clause 19.0 - Temporary works and plant


"Office accommodation for meetings is to be accommodated within the building site"

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

20 Clause 20.0 - Nominated subcontractors

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

21 Clause 21.0 - Selected subcontractors

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

22 Clause 22.0 - Employer's direct contractors

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

23 Clause 23.0 - Contractor's domestic subcontractors

All Mechanical end Electrical Installations are included in these bills ofquantities as domestic subcontractors, the contractor to allow for allnecessary profit, attendance and scaffolding for these installations, either inthe rates or as part of this item

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

Completion

24 Clause 24.0 - Practical completion


"24.11 An occupancy certificate from a local authority shall not be indicative of thestate of practical completion"

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

25 Clause 25.0 - Works completion


"25.6 An occupancy certificate from a local authority shall not be indicative of thestate of works completion"

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item


- 7 -


April 2016

26 Clause 26.0 - Final completion


"26.8 An occupancy certificate from a local authority shall not be indicative of thestate of final completion"

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

27 Clause 27.0 - Latent defects liability period

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

28 Clause 28.0 - Sectional completion

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

29 Clause 29.0 - Revision of date for practical completion

Delete Clause 29.1 and replace with the following:

"29.1 The circumstances for which the contractor is entitled to a revision of thedate for practical completion and for which revision the principal agentshall not adjust the contract value (32.12) are delays to practicalcompletion as it impacts on the critical path of the programme causedby one or more of the following:"


"The contractor shall allow in the pricing of this document for fifteen (15)working days excessive weather up to date of practical completion"


"29.2 The circumstances for which the contractor is entitled to a revision ofthe date for practical completion and for which revision the principalagent shall adjust the contract value (32.12) are delays to practicalcompletion as it impacts on the critical path of the programme causedby one or more of the following"

Delete the first sentence of Clause 29.3 and replace with the following:

"29.3 Further circumstances for which the contractor is entitled to a revision ofthe date for practical completion are delays to practical completion as itimpacts on the critical path of the programme by any other cause beyondthe contractor's reasonable control that could have reasonably beenanticipated and provided for."

The following shall be added to Clause 29.3

"the removal and replacement of materials and/for workmanship which do


- 8 -


April 2016

not conform to specification or drawings shall not constitute grounds forthe extension of the construction period nor for the adjustment of thecontract value"

Delete the first sentence of Clause 29.7 and replace with the following:

"29.7 The principal agent shall within thirty (30) working days of receipt of aclaim (29.6) grant in full, reduce or refuse the working days claimed"

Add the following clauses:

"29.9 Acceleration

29.9.1 Irrespective of whether or not the principal agent rules that the contractoris entitled to an extension of time or a revision of the date of practical ordates of sectional completion, the principal agent shall nevertheless atany time, be entitled to instruct the contractor, to accelerate the progressof the remaining works to ensure that the works are completed by theoriginal date for practical or dates for sectional completion or reviseddate as the case may be

29.9.2 Upon receipt of such instruction, the contractor shall take necessarysteps to ensure that the works are completed timeously, including theprovision by him of additional resources, plant, manpower, etc andworking overtime or additional overtime beyond that contemplated atthe time of tender (at all times adhering to the regulations andrequirements of all authorities) and by all other adequate and propermeans and methods. The contractor shall so prove that steps are beingtaken if called upon to do so

29.9.3 The contractor's entitlement to compensation arising out of or in respectof any revision to the date for practical or dates for sectional completionthat may have been granted by the principal agent, or alternatively,where the principal agent has instructed the contractor to accelerate,shall be adjusted strictly in terms of Clause 32.2.5 hereof. The contractorshall not be entitled to any compensation of any nature whatsoever,other than that provided for in terms of Clause 32.2.5"

F:.......................V:....................................T:.................................... Item

30 Clause 30.0 - Penalty for late or non-completion

The principal agent shall notify the contractor of the employer's election

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

31 Payment Item


- 9 -


April 2016

32 Clause 31.0 - Interim payment

Delete Clause 31.6.5 and replace with the following:

"31.6.5 Where stored off site, covered by an approved guarantee issued by aregistered bank as may be accepted by the employer and shall be paid at thesole discretion of the principal agent."

Clause 31.9 is hereby amended by the substitution of "seven (7) calender days" in thesecond line with "thirty (30) calender days".

Payment will only be made on:

a. Presentation of tax invoiceb. Statementc. Progress reportd. Cost report by Contractor

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

33 Clause 32.0 - Adjustment to the contract value

The following shall be added to Clause 32.1

"All fluctuations in costs, with the exception of fluctuations in the rate of Value AddedTax, shall be for the account of the contractor.

Where prices are submitted by the contractor or n/s subcontractor during the progressof the works in respect of contract instructions or in regard to a claim under the termsof the contract and notwithstanding the fact that such prices may be used in an interimpayment certificate, there is to be no presumption of acceptance. Should the principalagent wish to accept any such prices prior to the issue of the final payment certificate,it shall be in writing"


"32.2.5 Adjustment of preliminaries

Should the principal agent instruct the contractor to accelerate in terms ofClause 29.9, the contractor's additional entitlement shall be calculated byadding to the entitlement to which he would otherwise have become dueshould the construction period have been extended, a further 30% to thevalue thereof

For the purpose of this calculation of 30% acceleration entitlementrelating to an extension of construction period granted in terms ofClause 29.1 shall be calculated as if the extension was granted in termsof Clause 29.2

The above amounts shall be deemed to fully reimburse the contractor for


- 1 0 -


April 2016

any additional expenses and loss beyond that contemplated by thecontractor at time of tender including the under utilization of any resourcesand the like due to the contractor having been instructed by the principalagent to accelerate"

The following shall be added to clause 32.11

"Allowances for overheads and profit shall be included in the rates of therelevant items"


"32.13 This contract is a fixed price contract, but if applicable, the contract value shallbe adjusted according to CPAP using the following information.

If the practical completion date for works as a whole or for the latest datefor sectional completion is extended beyond one hundred and eighty (180)calender days in terms of Clause 29.2 and Clause 29.3 where theemployer is the cause of the delay, the value of the work done after theone hundred and eighty (180) calender days will be subject to CPAPwith the base date being the original practical completion for works as awhole or for the latest date of sectional completion"

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

34 Clause 33.0 - Recovery of expense and loss


"33.2.9 Any warranty liability on a n/s subcontractor to the employer regarding thedesign responsibility in terms of Clause 4.0"

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

35 Clause 34.0 - Final account and final payment

The employer shall not pay any interest on amounts payable to the contractor for onehundred and forty two (142) calender days after the date of issue of the certificate ofpractical or sectional completion. The employer shall, however, pay interest to thecontractor at the rate as stipulated in Clause 34.11 on any amounts payable to thecontractor more than one hundred and forty two (142) calender days after the date ofissue of the certificate of practical completion or sectional completion but only for suchperiod as the settlement of the final account is delayed by the non-performance of theprincipal agent. the employer or his agents. In evaluating non-performance forpurposes of this clause a reasonable time shall be allowed to the employer or hisagents to respond to any matter brought to his/their attention and which may affect thesettlement of the final account

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item


- 1 1 -


April 2016

36 Clause 35.0 - Payment to other parties

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

Termination

37 Clause 36.0 - Termination by employer - contractor's default

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

38 Clause 37.0 - Termination by employer - loss and damage

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

39 Clause 38.0 - Termination by contractor - employer's default

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

40 Clause 39.0 - Termination - cessation of the works

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

Dispute

41 Clause 40.0 - Settlement of disputes

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

Contract agreement

42 Clause 41.0 - Post tender provisions

The required post tender information shall be inserted in the post tender provisionsafter consultation with the contractor

F:...............................V:....................................T:................................. Item

43 Clause 42.0 - Contractual agreement

The required information of the contracting parties and the amount of the acceptedcontract sum shall be inserted in the contractual agreement for signature of theagreement by the contracting parties

F:...............................V:.....................................T:.................................. Item


- 1 2 -


April 2016

SECTION B - PRELIMINARIES

Definitions and interpretation

44 Clause 1.0 - Definitions and interpretation

The definition for "BILLS OF QUANTITIES" must be deleted and be replaced by thefollowing:

"BILLS OF QUANTITIES: The document drawn up is in accordance with the StandardSystem of Measuring Building Work 1999 Sixth Edition (Revised). The contractor shallhave priced the document to reflect the contract sum."

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

Documents

45 Clause 2.1 - Checking of documents

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

46 Clause 2.2 - Provisional bills of quantities

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

47 Clause 2.3 - Availability of construction documentation

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

Previous work and adjoining properties

48 Clause 3.1 - Previous work - dimensional accuracy

All dimensions are to be taken on site

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

49 Clause 3.2 - Previous work - defects

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

50 Clause 3.3 - Inspection of adjoining properties

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item


- 1 3 -


April 2016

Samples, shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions

51 Clause 4.1 - Samples of materials

Notwithstanding the content of this clause, will the following be specific samplerequirements that needs to be complied with

- Contractor to provide dedicated sample room for approved samples- Architect to request samples of all materials and fittings before manufacturing

Specific samples required

- Exterior and Interior steel work- All balustrades- All Aluminium- Roll up doors- Revolving doors and gates- Electronic sliding doors- Concrete formwork- Joinery, Loose and Fixed furniture- Acoustic paneling- Timber ceilings- Tiles- Linoleum- Carpets- Fire and acoustic doors- Shelving- Signage- Book conveyor system

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item


- 1 4 -


April 2016

52 Clause 4.2 - Workmanship samples

Notwithstanding the content of this clause, will the following be specific workmanshipsample requirements that needs to be complied with

- Architect to request samples of all workmanship samples before manufacturing

Specific samples required

- Face brick sample 2 x 2m- Plaster on Brick sample 2 x 2m- Concrete wall 3 x 3m (with pigmented concrete)- Rhinolight on drywall sample- Wall paper on drywall sample- Concrete formwork

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

53 Clause 4.3 - Shop drawings

Notwithstanding the content of this clause, will the following be specific shop drawingrequirements that needs to be complied with

Specific shop drawings of routes, elevations and details required

- All steel work- Scaffolding- Cranes and layout of cranes and bases- Audio visual installation- All mechanical work- All electrical work- All electronical work

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

54 Clause 4.4 - Compliance with manufacturer's instructions

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

Deposits and fees

55 Clause 5.1 - Deposits and fees

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item


- 1 5 -


April 2016

Temporary services

56 Clause 6.1 - Water

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

57 Clause 6.2 - Electricity

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

58 Clause 6.3 - Telecommunication facilities

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

59 Clause 6.4 - Ablution facilities

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

Prime cost amounts

60 Clause 7.1 - Responsibility for prime cost amounts

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

Special attendance on n/s subcontractors

61 Clause 8.1 - Special attendance

The contractor shall provide all necessary scaffolding for use by all subcontractors toall external facades, atriums, stairwells, escalator wells, etc as well as to any areasexceeding 4,5m in height

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

General

62 Clause 9.1 - Protection of the works

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item


- 1 6 -


April 2016

63 Clause 9.2 - Protection/isolation of existing/sectionally occupied works

Noise and dust are to be kept to a minimum. All work to be executed inside theexisting building, will be hoarded and all precautions to be implemented that no dustreach the occupied areas of the building

A hoarding plan to be attached to these bills of quantities. All sectionally completedwork will be occupied on completion. All such areas to be hoarded off as per thehoarding plan and rendered dustproof

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

64 Clause 9.3 - Security of the works

This site occupied by the employer is protected by the employer. The contractor shallhowever be responsible for all his areas of operations and laydown areas within thesite

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

65 Clause 9.4 - Notice before covering work

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

66 Clause 9.5 - Disturbance

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

67 Clause 9.6 - Environmental disturbance

F:............................. V:............................ T: ......................... Item

68 Clause 9.7 - Works cleaning and clearing

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

69 Clause 9.8 - Vermin

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

70 Clause 9.9 - Overhand work

No Overhand work shall be allowed unless approved by the principal agent

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item


- 1 7 -


April 2016

Schedule of variables

71 10.1 - Provisional bills of quantities [clause 2.2]The quantities are provisional No Item

72 10.2 - Availability of construction documentation [clause 2.3]Construction documentation is completeYes Item

73 10.3 - Previous work - dimensional accuracy [clause 3.1]None Item

74 10.4 - Previous work - defects [clause 3.2]No defects of previous work is known Item

75 10.5 - Inspection of adjoining properties [clause 3.3]This will also be applicable to the existing building and structures of theemployer Item

76 10.6 - Water [clause 7.2]

Option A (by contractor) NoOption B (by employer - free of charge) YesOption C (by employer - metered) No Item

77 10.7 - Electricity [clause 7.3]

Option A (by contractor) NoOption B (by employer - free of charge) yesOption C (by employer - metered)No Item

78 10.8 - Telecommunications [clause 7.4]

TelephoneYes

FacsimileYes

E-mailYes

Item


- 1 8 -


April 2016

79 10.9 - Ablution facilities [clause 7.5]

Option A (by contractor) Yes

Option B (by employer)No Item

80 10.10 - Protection of the works [clause 9.1]

Yes Item

81 10.11 - Protection/isolation of existing/sectionally occupied works [clause 9.2]

Protection is requiredYes Item

82 10.12 - Disturbance [clause 9.5]

The use of noisy equipment shall be correlated with the principal agent so asto minimise the disturbance and disruptions to the existing occupied premises Item

83 10.13 - Environmental disturbance [clause 9.6]

No specific requirements apart from those contained in this clause Item

CONTRACT DATA - EMPLOYER TO CONTRACTOR

Information necessary for elections and completion of those clauses contained in theContract Data which are necessary for tender purposes is given hereunder. Where noinformation is given it shall mean that no specific requirements are expected or thatthe clause is not relevant to this specific contract

tenderers are referred to the PRINCIPAL BUILDING AGREEMENT Contract DataEC for the full intent and meaning of the following clauses and is to provide for allcosts and charges in connection therewith


- 1 9 -


April 2016

1.0 CONTRACTING AND OTHER PARTIES

1.1 Employer

The University of South Africa

Postal AddressP O Box 392Unisa0003

(1.2) Physical Address340 Preller streetNew MuckleneukPretoria

Tel no. 012 429 3738Fax no. 012 429 3260E-mail [email protected]

Tax/VAT registration number4360102869

1.2 Project Managers(5.0)Coeng

Postal Address81 Regency Terrace DriveRoute 21 Corporate ParkCenturion0178

Tel no 012 450 3700Fax no 086 605 4774E-mail [email protected]

1.2 Principal Agent(5.1)Jeremie Malan Architects

Postal AddressP O Box 2396Brooklyn0075



- 2 0 -


April 2016

1.3 Agent (1)(5.2)

Jeremie Malan Architects

Agent ServiceArchitect

Postal AddressP O Box 2396Brooklyn0075


1.4 Agent (2)(5.2)

Seome Quantity Surveyors (Gauteng)

Agent's serviceQuantity Surveying

Postal AddressP O Box 41042Moreleta ParkPretoria0044



- 2 1 -


April 2016

1.5 Agent (3)(5.2)SMEC

Agent's ServiceCivil EngineeringStructural Engineering

Postal Address267 Kent AveFerndaleSouth Africa2194


1.6 Agent (4)(5.2)

CAIRNMEAD

Agent's ServiceOccupational Health and Safety Consultant

Postal AddressP O Box 1073Wingate Park0153



- 2 2 -


April 2016

1.7 Agent (5)(5.2)

Spoormaker and Partners

Agent's ServiceElectrical, Mechanical & Fire Engineers

Postal AddressP O BoxCenturion0003

Tel no 012 663 3125Fax no 012 663 1960E-mail - Electrical [email protected]

- Mechanical [email protected] Fire [email protected]

1.8 Agent (6)(5.2)

Agent's Service

Postal Address

Tel noFax noE-mail

1.9 Interest of the principal agent or other agents in the project(5.5)No

1.10 The principal agent named in 1.2 above is responsible for the preparation ofthe contract data schedule and must be contacted should the contractor b euncertain of the information provided or to be provided. Failure to completethe contract data schedule in full may result in the tender being disqualified

2.0 CONTRACT AND SITE INFORMATION

2.1 The law applicable to this agreement(1.7)South African


- 2 3 -


April 2016

2.2 Works identification(1.1)

The project comprises of the renovation of Levels Ground, 1 and 2 - with atotal area of approx 6000m² - of the existing Library.

The works include the upgrading of the Library, the replacement ofinternal divisions and finishes as well as the complete redo of theElectrical and Mechanical Installations

The employer reserves the right to issue an instruction/s to omit any part ofthe works. If such an instruction/s is/are issued, the cost related thereto willbe subject to adjustment in accordance with the fixed rates as containedin this document

2.3 Site description(1.1)

The comprises the Unisa Campus, Florida, Roodepoort

2.4 Possession of the site is to be given on(15.2.1)

Will be determined by Unisa and will be included in the returnable schedules. It is estimated to be no later than 1 September 2016, but could vary. TheContractor shall be notified when the commencement of this contract will be.

2.5 Period for commencement of the works after contractor takes possession ofthe site(15.4, 28.0)

Yes

2.7 Waiver of the contractor's lien or right of continuing possession is required(3.3, 31.16.2)

Yes

2.8 Defined restrictions to the site area(16.1)

Yes

2.9 Geotechnical investigation of the site has been undertaken(16.4)

No - N/A


- 2 4 -


April 2016

2.10 Existing premises will be occupied(16.6)

Yes - See attached drawings

2.11 Provision of temporary services is required(16.7)

Yes

2.11.1 Water Option BContractor to provide labour and material for cables, trenches,meter, connections, etc

2.11.2 Electricity Option BContractor to provide labour and material for cables, trenches,meter, connections, etc

2.11.3 Telecom Option AContractor to provide all necessary telecommunication facilities

2.11.4 Ablutions Option A

2.12 Protection of existing trees(16.8)

No - N/A

3.0 INSURANCES AND SECURITIES

3.1 Contract works insurance to be effected by(10.1.1, 12.6)ContractorFor the sum of The Contract Sum + 15%With a deductible of R100,000.00

3.2 Supplementary/Special Insurances to be effected by(10.1.2, 11.1-3, 12.6)ContractorFor the Sum of R10,000,000.00With a deductible of R25,000.00

3.3 Public liability insurance effected by(10.1.3, 12.6)ContractorFor the Sum of R10 millionWith a deductible of R50,000.00


- 2 5 -


April 2016

3.4 Support insurance to be effected by the Employer(11.1.1)For the sum of R25 millionWith a deductible of R50,000.00

3.5 Special insurance to be effected by(11.1.2-3, 12.1)N/AType of N/AFor the sum of N/AWith a deductible of N/A

4.0 PRACTICAL COMPLETION DATES AND PENALTIES

4.1 For the works as a whole:(24.3.1)The date for practical completion will be 9.5 months after commencement

(3.1-3)and the penalty per calender day will be R 10 000-00 per calender day

Works completion to be reached 30 days after practical completion on worksas a whole.

4.2 For the works in sections:

Not Applicable

5.0 DOCUMENTS AND GENERAL

5.1 Construction document copies to be supplied to the Contractor free ofcharge(3.7)Three (3)

5.2 The priced document may be used as a specification of materials andgoods and work methods(3.9)No

5.3 The Contractor shall provide a schedule of rates(3.10)No

5.4 Changes made to JBCC standard documents(3.11)YesSee Clause 6.0 below


- 2 6 -


April 2016

5.5 On acceptance of the tender the priced document is to be submitted withinthe stated working days(15.1.1)Priced bills of quantities must be submitted with the tender

5.6 Work to be undertaken by direct contractors(22.2)

5.7 On achievement of practical completion to the contractor is to hand overmanuals etc related to the works as listed below:(24.9)As described in the tender documents

5.7 Interim payment certificate to be issued by(31.1)15th of each month or the Friday preceding the 15th if the 15th fallson a weekend

6.0 CHANGES MADE TO THE STANDARD DOCUMENT

Principal Building Agreement

Clause 1.0 amendedClause 7.0 amendedClause 7.2 addedClause 10.0 amendedClause 10.2 addedClause 12.1.1 amendedClause 12.1.2 amendedClause 12.6 addedClause 14.2 addedClause 14.9 addedClause 15.6.1 amendedClause 15.6.4 addedClause 17.1.21 addedClause 18.5 addedClause 18.6 addedClause 18.7 addedClause 19.1.2 amendedClause 22.1 amendedClause 22.2 replacedClause 24.11 addedClause 25.6 addedClause 26.8 addedClause 29.1 amendedClause 29.1.1 amendedClause 29.2 amendedClause 29.3 amendedClause 29.7 amendedClause 29.9.1 added


- 2 7 -


April 2016

Clause 29.9.2 addedClause 29.9.3 addedClause 30.0 amendedClause 31.6.5 amendedClause 31.9 amendedClause 32.1 amendedClause 32.2.5 addedClause 32.11 amendedClause 32.13 amendedClause 33.2.9 addedClause 34.0 amendedClause 41.0 amendedClause 42.0 amended

Preliminaries

Clause 1.0 amendedClause 3.1 amendedClause 6.2 amendedClause 6.3 amendedClause 8.1 amendedClause 9.2 amendedClause 9.3 amendedClause 9.9 amended

7.0 DECLARATION BY THE PRINCIPAL AGENT

I, the principal agent named in 1.2 above, declare that the information provided aboveis complete and accurate at the time of calling for tenders. Where necessary, shouldany of the above information need to be varied, tenderers informed thereof in writing.

______________________________Principal Agent

______________________________Date

CONTRACT DATA - CONTRACTOR TO EMPLOYER

84 The Tenderer is referred to the PRINCIPAL BUILDING AGREEMENT Contract DataCE, which is attached in these bills of quantities.

The information must be completed in full by the Tenderer and must be submitted withthe tender m


- 2 8 -


April 2016

SECTION C - SPECIFIC PRELIMINARIES

85 70 Priced Documents

The contractor shall submit a copy of the priced documents with this tender. Such documents shall have all the items properly priced, extended and cast. Priced items are deemed to include for all costs, overheads and profit. Theprincipal agent may instruct the contractor to adjust prices which areconsidered to be imbalanced or unreasonable and to eliminate errors anddiscrepancies. Such adjustments shall not vary the contract sum. Unpriceditems shall be deemed to be priced elsewhere. Electronic Copies of theTender version of WinQS will be available from the Quantity Surveyors onrequest

F:............................V:...................................T:................................... Item

86 71 Articles of Value

Any relics, treasure or other articles of value found on the site shall remain theproperty of the employer and shall be handed over to the principal agent who shall bethe sole arbiter of what ia an article of value

F:.........................................V:...................................T:................................ Item

87 72 Management of the works

The contractor is responsible for the management of the sequence ofcarrying out of the works such that subsequent cutting or patching of finishedwork is avoided

F:............................. V:............................ T:............................ Item

88 73 Progress Meetings

The principal agent and contractor shall hold meetings related to progress ofthe works at regular intervals and at such other times as may be necessary. Subcontractors shall not be present at progress meetings unless specificallyrequested by the contractor or the principal agent. The principal agent shallrecord and distribute the minutes of meetings. The contractor to allow for asuitable meeting area with enough seating capacity for 20 people

F:......................................V:.....................................T:............................. Item

89 74 Technical Meetings

At the instance of the principal agent or the contractor meetings shall be heldto deal with technical and subcontractor's coordination matters

F:....................................V:.................................T:.............................. Item


- 2 9 -


April 2016

90 75 Labour and Plant Records

The contractor shall maintain daily records of the number and categoriesof all tradesmen, labourers and plant employed on the works and shallprovide copies thereof to the principal agent on request

F:........................................V:..................................T:................................... Item

91 76 Advertising

All advertising rights on the site and the hoardings are reserved exclusivelyfor the employer. Special permission for any advertising other than thosefor the employer, may be applied for. The employer will decide whethersuch application will be granted and such decision shall be final

F:......................................V:.....................................T:............................ Item

92 77 Contract instructions

Contract instructions issued on site in terms if Clause 17.0 of the PrincipalBuilding Agreement are to be recorded in triplicate in a contract instructionbook which is to be maintained on site by the contractor

F:................................V:....................................T:.............................. Item

93 78 Communication - PD Service

Tenderers are to note that all communication regarding the issue ofdrawings, information, contract instructions, etc shall be via a web basedinformation system. Thus, if a document is loaded onto the Dropboxservice, it is deemed to be delivered

F:.....................................V:......................................T:.............................. Item


- 3 0 -


April 2016

94 79 Warranties for material and workmanship

Where warranties for materials and/or workmanship are called for, thecontractor shall obtain a written warranty, addressed to the employer, fromthe firm supplying the materials and/or doing the work and shall deliversame to the principal agent on the certified completion of the contract. Thewarranty shall state that workmanship, materials and installation arewarranteed for a specified period from the date of final completion and thatany defects that may arise during the specified period shall be made goodat the expense of the firm supplying the materials and/or doing the work,upon written notice to do so. The warranty will not be enforced if the workis damaged by defects in the construction of the building in which casethe responsibility for replacement shall rest entirely with the contractor

Warranties in accordance with Annexure herewith shall be provided by thecontractor from all contractors, nominated or selected subcontractors orfirms carrying out work or supplying goods

F:.......................V:.........................T:............................ Item

95 80 Nature of project in Relation to Pricing

The nature of this contract is such that the detail design has been done and afull set of construction drawings will be issued at site handover.

The appointments of major selected / nominated subcontractors will takeplace before site handover and all tenderers will be informed of the names ofall sub contractors invited to tender. The appointments will then take placeafter site handover in conjunction with the successful tenderer.

F:....................................V:..........................................T:................................... Item


- 3 1 -


April 2016

96 81 Quality Control and Quality Assurance

The contractor shall be required to provide suitably qualified andexperienced staff capable of executing the work to the required standardand quality

Definitions:

The following definitions are applicable:

1 Quality PolicyThe overall intentions and directions of an organization as regards quality

2 Quality SystemThe organization structures, responsibilities, procedures, processes andresources for implementing quality policy

3 Quality ControlThe operational techniques and activities that are used to fulfillrequirements of quality

4 Quality AssuranceAll those planned and systematic actions necessary to provide adequateconfidence that a product or service will satisfy given requirements forquality

Generally

The contractor shall submit his quality and comprehensive quality system proposalsprior to appointment and within one week of being requested by the principal agent todo so. The quality system shall be drawn up to meet the requirements set out hereinand incorporating all additional requirements and controls the contractor considersnecessary for effective quality control and assurance of products and service

The contractor shall provide dedicated and experienced staff capable of implementingthe proposed quality system

The principal agent shall comment on the quality system within two weeks of receipt ofsame for the contractor outlining additions or amendment considered necessary foracceptance of the quality systems. The contractor shall meet with the principal agentand amend the contents of the quality systems according to the principle agentscomments. Upon final acceptance of the quality system, it shall form a quality manualwhich shall, inter alia, contain the following:

1. Quality Policy2. Organisational goals and structures3. Internal audit plan incorporating resources, documentation,

procedures and processes, etc4. Record keeping5. Reports: format and content6. Follow up actions and audit finding7. Testing: including outside testing by CSIR, SABS, PCI and others


- 3 2 -


April 2016

8. Measurement control9. Non-conformance: identification, review corrective action,

prevention of recurrence, etc

The acceptance of the quality system by the principal agent does not supersede ornegate any other quality control conditions stipulated elsewhere in the contractdocumentation and in the instance of contradiction of requirements being identified,specific requirements shall override general requirements. Acceptance of the systemby the principal agent shall not in any way supersede, negate or alter the intent,content or interpretation of the specification or conditions of contract specifiedelsewhere in the contract documentation. Acceptance of the system by the principalagent does not in any way relieve the contractor of his responsibility to satisfy theconditions of contract and to achieve and maintain the specified standards. Thequality system is an audit procedure and does not necessarily describe the contractorstotal responsibility in terms of quality control

The principal agent may from time to time call for the quality control assurance datasheets for random checking of:

- The manner in which the system is being administered- The technical acceptability of the contents of the sheets, and- The effectiveness of the system in controlling the attainment of

the required end product

If the system is found to be inadequate or ineffective the principal agent will have theright to declare the system or parts thereof as being areas of non-compliant. In theevent of the principal agent instructing the contractor of an area of non-compliance thefollowing options may be implemented by the principal agent at no additional cost tothe employer and without any claim for delays:

The structure for approval may be altered by necessitating the signature ofquality control and assurance data sheets by designated members of theprofessional team before work of a particular nature and/or in a particulararea can proceed through the various check stages of the system

The structure of the system may be altered by extending the detail ofchecking required by the system and/or the frequency at which checksheets have to be produced

The geographical boundaries of a typical checking operation may bealtered thereby requiring the contractors to perform more comprehensivechecks on smaller portions of the work

The contractor shall react immediately to an instruction by the principal agentregarding any alteration to the procedure of the system. On receipt of an instruction orany non-compliance from the principal agent the contractor shall not proceed with anyof the affected work until acceptance of the revised procedure has been obtained fromthe principal agent

Once the principal agent is satisfied that the revised quality control and assurance areeffective, the contractor will be informed of the extent to which the system may revert


- 3 3 -


April 2016

back to the principal of management by exception. It is envisaged that the systemshould generally operate on such a basis and providing the results are satisfactory, thecontractor is not expected to attain approval by counter-signature of every qualitycontrol data sheet

In instances where up front inspection is an industry norm (e.g. inspection ofreinforcing by the structural engineer) or where the specification demands suchinspection, the contractor must take this into account when compiling the qualitycontrol system

The envisaged that samples and mock-ups shall be extensively used to define theaccepted standards of workmanship and materials to be used. A lockable sampleroom with shelving must be provided by the contractor to accommodate all loosesamples for the duration of the project. The contractor shall also prepare and maintaina register of all samples indicating numbers, date, bill of quantities and specificationreferences, approval and relevant documents

The principal agent will submit a quality report indicating areas of concern with regardsto the quality of the project. The contractor is to remedy the works within a two weekperiod or supply the principal agent with a programme indicating the duration ofremedial work for specific items. Such programme shall be subject to the reasonableapproval of the principal agent

F:...........................................V:..................................T:.............................Item

97 82 Safety Management Programme

The contractor shall

Provide the necessary skilled and competent management tosupervise and monitor compliance with the requirement of theOccupational Health and Safety Act of 1993 ConstructionRegulations

Comply with the Health and Safety Specification for the works

Prepare and agree with the Health and Safety Consultant theHealth and Safety Plans for the works

Co-operate with the Health and Safety Consultant in all aspects

Manage the compliance of all subcontractors with the Regulations,and with the Health and Safety Plan and Specification

F:...................................V:................................T:................................ Item


- 3 4 -


April 2016

98 83 Co-operation of contractor for cost management

It is specifically agreed that the contractor accepts the obligation of assistingthe principal agent in implementing proper cost management. The contractorwill be advised by the principal agent of all cost management procedureswhich will be implemented to ensure that the final building cost does notexceed the budget. The principal agent undertakes to make available to thecontractor all budgetary allowances and cost assessments/reports to enablethe proper procedure to be implemented and the contractor shall attend allcost

plan review and cost management meetings. The contractor undertakes to extendthese procedures, as necessary, to all subcontractors

F:...........................V:.........................T:......................... Item

99 84 Commissioning and Testing

The contractor and/or subcontractor shall commission and test the entireinstallation at his own expense, including provision of all test equipment.Such testing is to be done in the presence of the principal agent, who shallhave been notified of the dates and approximate duration of the tests,sufficiently in advance so as to follow attendance at such tests

F:....................................V:................................T:........................... Item

100 85 Media Releases, Advertising, etc

All rights of publication of articles in the media, together with any advertisingrelating to, or in any way connected with this project, shall vest with theemployer

The contractor together with his subcontractors shall not, without the writtenconsent of the employer, cause any statement or advertisement to be printed,screened or altered by the media

F:.................................V:....................................T:................................ Item

101 86 Copyright

The ownership of the copyright in and to all drawings, specification, modelsand documents of any nature, delivered to the contractor, or produced by, oron behalf of the contractor in connection with the works, shall remain vestedin, and/or is hereby assigned to, the employer by the contractor

F:..............................V:...................................T:.................................. Item


- 3 5 -


April 2016

102 87 Royalties, Patent Rights and Fees

The contractor shall indemnify the employer against any action, claim,demand, costs or expenses arising from or incurred by reason of anyinfringement of letters, patent design, trademark, name, copyright or otherprotected rights in respect of any machine, plant, work, materials, thing,system or method of using, fixing, working or arrangement used or fixedor supplied by the contractor, but such indemnity shall not cover any useof the equipment or part thereof otherwise than in accordance with theprovisions of the specification

All payments and royalties payable in one sum or by instalments orotherwise, shall be included by the contractor in the price and shall bepaid by him to those to whom they may be due or payable

In the event of any claim being made or action brought against theemployer arising out of the matter referred to this clause, the contractorshall be promptly notified thereof and may, at his own expense, conductnegotiations for the settlement of the same and/or litigation, that mayarise there from. The employer shall not, unless and until the contractorshall have failed to take over and conduct the negotiations of litigation,make any admission which might be prejudical thereto

The conduct by the contractor of such negotiations or litigation shall beconditional upon the contractor having first given the employer suchreasonable security as shall from time to time be required by theemployer, to cover the amount ascertained or agreed or estimated,as the case may be, or any compensation, damage, expenses andcosts for which the employer may become liable in respect of suchinfringement as aforesaid the employer shall, at the request of thecontractor, afford all available assistance for the purpose of contestingany such claim or action and shall be repaid the expenses incurred indoing so

F:..................................V:....................................T:......................... Item

103 88 Confidentiality

The contractor shall treat all drawings, specifications, models and documentsof any nature delivered to the contractor, or produced by, or on behalf of thecontractor in connection with the works as being confidential. The contractorshall not copy photograph and/or repeat either wholly, or in part, any of the contract documents referred to above (except insofar as may be necessary inconnection with the project). The contractor shall return to the principal agentwith his tender, all contract documents issued herewith, and, upon completionof the Works deliver to the principal agent all contract documents of anynature pertaining to the project

F:.................................V:.........................................T:................................... Item


- 3 6 -


April 2016

104 89 Contractor's Camp Florida

The parking on the southern side of the building is earmarked for the siteestablishment area (See site establishment plans - Coffey Projects)

The contractor may erect an establishment to include offices stores, laydown areas etc for his own, and subcontractors use. Such establishmentis to be pre planned and a drawing to be issued to the principal agent forapproval prior to the erection of an temporary structures

Notwithstanding the principal agents approval, the contractor will beresponsible for any costs relating to relocation of any site establishmentrequired to allow access for the timeous execution of the works

The contractor shall make available a room/office for the use of theEmployer's Agents throughout the duration of the contract

The contractor will also be responsible for re-instating all areas to itsoriginal condition

F:..............................V:.....................................T:............................... Item

105 90 Plant, Equipment, Sheds and Offices

The contractor shall provide, maintain and remove upon completion:

1. All plant, equipment, scaffolding, tools and the like required bythe contractor for the due and proper fulfillment of the works

2. Temporary sheds for the proper storage of materials and the useof the contractor's workers

3. Office accommodation for meetings held on site which shall bekept clean and fit for use at all times

4. 1 x Offices for the Clerk of Works

5. A0 Colour plotter and A3 colour printer/scanner/copier on site to plot and print latest drawings in hardcopy, all drawings to be distributed via

dropbox and printed on site by contractor

F:.....................................V:.......................................T:.............................. Item


- 3 7 -


April 2016

106 91 Main Noticeboard

The contractor shall provide a main noticeboard of an approved design withthe title of the project and the names of the employer, the principal agent, theagents and the contractor thereon. The principal agent shall instruct thecontractor where the board is to be erected. For sizes, details and design referto drawing 486.1001

F:...................................V:......................................T:..........................Item

107 92 Subcontractors' Noticeboard

The contractor shall provide a secondary noticeboard of an approved designwith the designation and the names of the subcontractors thereon. Theprincipal agent shall instruct the contractor where the board is to be erected. The contractor shall not allow subcontractors' individual boards or advertisingmaterial on the site without the principal agent's approval

F:................................V:..................................T:............................... Item

108 93 Use of Lifts or Temporary Hoists

The contractor shall devise his own temporary access for equipment, materialand personnel into the building and the removal of rubble from the building

The only access for the contractor to the works will be through existingwindow openings on the first and second floor and if the contractor makesuse of a hoist and/or scaffolding to creates temporary openings in order togain access, or for any other reason, the contractor shall upon completionof the works reinstate all affected existing work to match its original condition

The contractor will be responsible for covering all hoists, etc as describedabove by means of shade net or other approved methods

Strict safety rules shall apply to the use of any scaffolding or hoists

F:....................................V:................................T:................................ Item


- 3 8 -


April 2016

109 94 General Attendance on Domestic, Selected or NominatedSubcontractors

The contractor shall at his own expense provide the following generalattendance on the subcontractors

1. Access to the site and places where the subcontract work is to becarried out, including reasonable use of temporary personnelhoists erected by the contractor

2. The provision of water and lighting and of single phase electricpower to a position within 50 metres of the place where thesubcontract work is to be carried out but excluding water, fueland power for commissioning of any installation

3. The provision of an area for the subcontractor to establishtemporary office accommodation and workshops and for the storageof plant and materials

4. The use of erected scaffolding belonging to the contractor, incommon with others having the like right, while it remains on site

5. The use, at reasonable times by arrangement of the contractor'serected hoisting equipment

F:......................................V:....................................T:............................... Item

110 95 Entrance permits to security areas

As the works falls within a security area the contractor shall obtainentrance permits for his personal and the workmen entering the areaand shall comply with all the regulations and instructions which may beissued from time to time regarding the protection of persons and propertyunder the control of the Unisa Chief Security Officer Item

111 96 Security check of personnel

The principal agent may require the contractor to have his personnel andworkmen, or a certain number of them, security classified

In the event of the principal agent requesting the removal of a person orpersons from the works for security reasons, the contractor shall do soforthwith and shall thereafter ensure that such person or persons are deniedaccess to the works and the site and/or to any document or informationrelating to the works Item


- 3 9 -


April 2016

SUMMARY OF CATEGORIES

Category : Fixed R.........................................................

Category : Value R.........................................................

Category : Time R.........................................................


- 4 0 -


April 2016

SECTION 1

PRELIMINARIES

BILL NO 1

PRELIMINARIES

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R

Total Brought Forward from Page No -1-


















Carried Forward R PRELIMINARIESBILL NO 1PRELIMINARIES

- 4 1 -


April 2016

SECTION 1

PRELIMINARIES

BILL NO 1

PRELIMINARIES

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R

Brought Forward R


















Carried Forward R PRELIMINARIESBILL NO 1PRELIMINARIES

- 4 2 -


April 2016

SECTION 1

PRELIMINARIES

BILL NO 1

PRELIMINARIES

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R

Brought Forward R






Carried to Final Summary R PRELIMINARIESBILL NO 1PRELIMINARIES

- 4 3 -


April 2016

Item Quantity Rate AmountNo R

SECTION 2

BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARY

BILL NO 1

ALTERATIONS (PROVISIONAL)

PREAMBLES

For preambles refer to "Model Preambles for Trades"

SUPPLEMENTARY PREAMBLES

View site

Before submitting his tender the contractor shall visit the siteand satisfy himself as to the nature and extent of the work to bedone and the value of the materials contained in the buildingsor portions of the buildings to be demolished. No claim for anyvariations of the contract sum in respect of the nature andextent of the work or of inferior or damaged materials will beentertained

Explosives

No explosives whatsoever may be used for demolitionpurposes unless otherwise stated

General

The contractor shall carry out the whole of the works with aslittle mess and noise as possible and with a minimum ofdisturbance to adjoining premises and their tenants. He shallprovide proper protection and provide, erect and remove whendirected, any temporary tarpaulins that may be necessaryduring the progress of the works, all to the satisfaction of theprincipal agent

In taking down and removing existing work the utmost care is tobe observed to avoid any structural or other damage to theremaining portion of the building

The contractor shall be held solely responsible for any damageto persons or property throughout the whole of this contract andmust make good at his own expense any damage that mayoccur

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 1ALTERATIONS (PROVISIONAL)

- 4 4 -


April 2016

Water supply pipes and other piping that may be encounteredand found necessary to disconnect or cut, shall be effectuallystopped off or grubbed up and removed, and any newconnections that may be necessary shall be made with properfittings, to the satisfaction of the principal agent

Special care is to be taken not to interfere unnecessarily withany electrical light, power or telephone wires and fittings thatmay be encountered and notice is to be given to the principalagent when any disconnection or removal of wires, etc. arenecessary and the contractor is to afford every facility to thetechnicians carrying out this work

Doors, fanlights, fittings, frames, linings, etc which are to bere-used shall be thoroughly overhauled before refixing includingtaking off, easing and rehanging, cramping up, re-wedging asrequired and making good cramps, dowels, etc, and easing,oiling, adjusting and repairing ironmongery as necessary,replacing any glass damaged in removal or subsequently andstopping up all nail and screw holes with tinted plastic wood tomatch timber, unless otherwise described. Re-painting orre-varnishing is given separately

Prices for taking out of doors, windows, etc shall include forremoval of all beads, architraves, ironmongery, etc

Prices for taking out and removing doors and frames shallinclude for removing door stops, cabin hooks, etc and makinggood floor and wall finishes to match existing

With regard to building up of openings in existing walls, cementscreeds and pavings, granolithic, tops of walls, etc, shall belevelled and prepared for raising of brickwork

Making good of finishes shall include making good of the brickand concrete surfaces onto which the new finishes are applied,where necessary

The contractor will be required to take all dimensions affectingthe existing buildings on the site and he will be held solelyresponsible for the accuracy of all such dimensions where usedin the manufacture of new items (doors, windows, fittings, etc)

Old materials from alterations, except where described as to bere-used or handed over, are to become the property of thecontractor who must allow credit for same in the Summary ofSection 5 at the end of these bills of quantities


- 4 5 -


April 2016

Old materials from the alterations, except where described asto be re-used or handed over, as well as all rubbish, etc, mustbe regularly carted away from the site and not allowed toaccumulate on or around the site

None of the old materials are to be used for new work exceptwhere specifically described as being set aside for re-use

Where certain materials or articles from alterations aredescribed as to be handed over by the contractor to theemployer, such materials or articles shall be properly stored bythe contractor, until handing over thereof to the employer. Thecontractor must obtain an official receipt listing the materials orarticles and dates of handing over. If he fails to submit thereceipt when requested it shall be deemed that the materials orarticles are still in his possession and he shall be held liable tothe employer for the full replacement value thereof, whichamount will be deducted from any monies due to the contractor

GENERALLY

1 Provide for removing all existing signage and fire signageinstallations including all components/parts and make good Item

HOARDINGS INSIDE BUILDING

Temporary hoardings, etc including removal

HOARDING TYPE A

Sound and dust proof permanent hoarding comprising of 12mmplywood partition covered on both sides with 12,5mm "Gypsum"wallboard screwed to plywood with "Drywall" screws atmaximum 220mm centres, butt jointed and sealed off with"Rhino" tape and "Ready mix D" jointing compound all inaccordance with the manufacturer's instructions, finished bothsides with two coats interior quality PVA emulsion paint.Intersections and abutments are measured separately anddescriptions shall be deemed to include any additional jointingcompound, tape, sealant, etc, with the top of the hoardingsealed with silicone sealant between the hoarding and the soffitof slabs and/or adjacent beams/ribs in coffer slabs


- 4 6 -


April 2016

INFILL PANELS

Infill panels inside coffers in coffered slabs to comprise 12mmplywood vertical panels to suit openings inside coffers, sealedon top and sides with silicone sealant, the panels projectingapproximately 100mm below soffit of ribs and jointed tohoarding below with 75mm overlapped joints

FIXING OF HOARDINGS

All hoardings to be fixed in such a manner as to ensure a soundand dust proof installation

Level 0 (Refer to Architectural drawing no 486.001.1)

Sound and dust proof permanent hoarding (type A)

2 Hoarding approximately 3000mm high to the soffit of slabs oradjacent coffered slab beams/ribs m 38

3 Extra over hoarding 3000mm high for vertical abutment No 4

4 Extra over hoarding 3000mm high for corner No 5

Level 1 (Refer to Architectural drawing no 486.001.1)

Sound and dust proof permanent hoarding (type A)

5 Hoarding approximately 3000mm high to the soffit of slabs oradjacent coffered slab beams/ribs m 24

6 Extra over hoarding 3000mm high for vertical abutment No 6

7 Extra over hoarding 3000mm high for corner No 1

REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK

Breaking up and removing unreinforced concrete

8 85mm Vanity slabs m² 14

Breaking down and removing brickwork etc

9 Half brick wall m² 84

10 One brick wall m² 337


- 4 7 -


April 2016

Taking out and removing doors from brickwork andprepare opening to receive new fire door and frame,including repair to plaster work on both sides, repairs tothreshold, etc (making good paintwork elsewhere)

11 Timber single door and steel frame size 813 x 2032mm highfrom half brick walls (Total credit R....................) No 4

12 Timber single door and steel frame size 813 x 2032mm highfrom one brick walls (Total credit R....................) No 17

Taking out and removing windows from brickwork andprepare opening to receive new aluminium louvre unit andframe, including repair to face bricks outside, face brickcill and plaster work inside, etc. (making good paintworkelsewhere)

13 Aluminium louvre and frame size 1000 x 600mm high from onebrick wall (Total credit R....................) No 1

Taking out and removing doors, windows, etc frombrickwork to be demolished

14 Timber single door and frame size 813 x 2032mm high fromhalf brick wall (Total credit R....................) No 10

15 Timber single door and frame size 813 x 2032mm high fromone brick wall (Total credit R....................) No 14

16 980 x 1980mm High single safe door and frame in one brickwall (Total credit R....................) No 1

Taking out and removing doors, windows, etc includingthresholds, sills, etc and building up openings in brickwalls including making good cement plaster on both sides(making good paintwork elsewhere)

17 Timber single door and steel frame 813 x 2032mm high overallfrom half brick wall (Total credit R....................) No 2

18 Timber single door and steel frame 813 x 2032mm high overallfrom one brick wall (Total credit R....................) No 1

Taking down and removing roofs, floors, panelling,ceilings, partitions, etc

19 Suspended plasterboard or acoustic ceiling and prepare fornew m² 2,810


- 4 8 -


April 2016

20 90mm Drywall plasterboard partitioning 2200mm high, includingframework, doors, skirtings, cornices, etc m 520

21 12mm Toilet cubicle partitioning 2125mm high, includingframework, doors, skirtings, etc m 30

Taking down and removing aluminium partitions,shopfronts, etc

22 4000mm High glazed aluminium partition including studs, rails,doors, glazing, etc (Total credit R....................) m 20

Taking out and removing joinery fittings, etc

23 Hardwood entrance counter (Total credit R....................) m 10

24 Timber built-in kitchen cupboard 400mm wide x 900mm highfixed to walls (Total credit R....................) m 5

25 Timber built-in kitchen cupboard 600mm wide x 900mm highincluding top (Total credit R....................) m 11

Taking up and removing vinyl floor coverings, carpeting,etc

26 Remove existing floor finish and repair existing surface toreceive new finishes m² 4,068

27 Remove existing suspended access floor with finish includingall electrical and mechanical work, to be safely disconnected,isolated and repair existing surfaces to receive new finishes(Total credit R....................) m² 1,028

Taking out and removing ironmongery

28 Soap dispenser No 6

29 Condom dispenser No 10

30 Air sanitizer No 10

31 WC / Urinal sanitizer No 40

32 Electrical extractor fan, including disconnecting supply andmaking safe (Total credit R....................) No 13

33 Electrical hand dryer, including disconnecting supply andmaking safe (Total credit R..............) No 10


- 4 9 -


April 2016

Taking out and removing ironmongery, etc. and settingaside for handing over to the employer

34 Metal detector No 1

Taking out and removing metal work

35 Rotating entrance gate (Total credit R....................) No 1

Hacking up/off and removing granolithic, screeds, plaster,etc from concrete or brickwork and preparing surfaces fornew screed, plaster, tile finishes, etc

36 30mm Thick average screed from floors m² 97

Hacking up/off and removing ceramic tiles includingremoving mortar bed or adhesive from concrete orbrickwork and preparing surfaces for new screed, plaster,tile finish, etc

37 Tiles to walls m² 76

Hacking up/off and removing terrazzo tiles, includingremoving mortar bed from concrete or brickwork andpreparing surfaces for new screed, etc

38 Tiles to floors m² 53

Taking out and removing piping, sanitary fittings, etcincluding disconnecting piping from fittings, closing offas necessary and making good floor and wall finishes(making good tiling and paintwork elsewhere)

39 Stainless steel sink and drainer on steel cupboard 1800 x 550 x900mm high (Total credit R....................) No 2

40 Vitreous china urinal fixed to walls (Total credit R....................) No 19

41 Vitreous china wash hand basin fixed to walls (Total creditR....................) No 1

42 Vitreous china wash hand basin set in vanity top (Total creditR....................) No 25

43 Vitreous china WC pan with flush valve (Total creditR....................) No 25


- 5 0 -


April 2016

Taking out and removing piping, sanitary fittings, etcincluding disconnecting piping from fittings, closing offas necessary, setting aside for re-use and later refixing insimilar new position, including making good floor and wallfinishes (making good tiling and paintwork elsewhere)

44 30m Fire hose reels (Provisional) (Total credit R....................) No 15

45 9kg Fire extinguisher, including timber backboard (Provisional)(Total credit R....................) No 30

Taking out and removing glass and mirrors

46 450 x 600mm Mirror No 26

PREPARATORY WORK TO EXISTING SURFACES

47 Cutting toothings and bonding new brickwork to existing m² 17

48 Prepare existing surface bed to receive new half brick wall m 70

49 Prepare existing surface bed to receive new one brick wall m 232

50 Prepare existing surface bed to receive new 270mm cavitybrick wall m 9

MAKING GOOD OF FINISHES, ETC

Making good screeds

51 Floors where half brick walls were removed m 32

52 Floors where one brick walls were removed m 135

53 Floors on both sides of new half brick walls m 70

54 Floors on both sides of new one brick walls m 232

55 Floors on both sides of new 270mm cavity brick walls m 9

Making good internal cement plaster

56 Walls where half brick walls were removed m 66

57 Walls where one brick walls were removed m 75

58 Walls on both sides of new half brick walls m 6

59 Walls on both sides of new one brick walls m 48


- 5 1 -


April 2016

60 Walls on both sides of new 270mm cavity brick walls m 3

OPENINGS THROUGH EXISTING WALLS, ETC FOR NEWDOORS, WINDOWS, ETC

Breaking out for and forming plain openings through wallsfor HVAC fans including necessary precast concrete lintelsand making good face bricks on one side and plaster onother side and into reveals (making good paintworkelsewhere)

61 Opening 870 x 870mm high through 300mm cavity wall No 8

Breaking out for and forming plain openings through wallsfor new windows, including necessary precast concretelintels and making good plaster on both sides and intoreveals and with mass concrete thresholds with steeltrowelled finish including one coat primer and one coatexterior quality PVA emulsion paint

62 Opening 2000 x 3000mm high through 230mm wall No 1

CORE DRILLING FOR GENERAL BUILDER'S WORK ANDELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND FIRE PROTECTIONINSTALLATIONS, ETC (PROVISIONAL)

Rates for core drilling

Rates for core drilling shall, inter alia, be deemed to include forproviding all necessary equipment, etc for and including thedetermining and marking of suitable, safe penetration pointsthrough the different elements

The following in core drilling for general builder's work

Core drilling hole not exceeding 50mm diameter

63 100mm Thick reinforced concrete slab, beam, wall, etc(General) No 60





- 5 2 -


April 2016

Core drilling hole exceeding 50mm and not exceeding100mm diameter




The following in core drilling for electrical installations


70 100mm Thick reinforced concrete slab, beam, wall, etc(Electrical) No 20

71 125mm Thick reinforced concrete slab, beam, wall, etc(Electrical) No 30

The following in core drilling for mechanical installations

Core drilling hole exceeding 100mm and not exceeding200mm diameter

72 100mm Thick reinforced concrete slab, beam, wall, etc(Mechanical) No 9

73 125mm Thick reinforced concrete slab, beam, wall, etc(Mechanical) No 6

The following in core drilling for fire protectioninstallations


74 100mm Thick reinforced concrete slab, beam, wall, etc (Fire) No 12

75 125mm Thick reinforced concrete slab, beam, wall, etc (Fire) No 6


- 5 3 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 1

ALTERATIONS (PROVISIONAL)

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R











Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 1ALTERATIONS (PROVISIONAL)

- 5 4 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 2

CONCRETE, FORMWORK AND REINFORCEMENT

PREAMBLES



Cost of tests

The costs of making, storing and testing of concrete test cubesas required under clause 7 "Tests" of SABS 1200 G shallinclude the cost of providing cube moulds necessary for thepurpose, for testing costs and for submitting reports on thetests to the architect. The testing shall be undertaken by anindependent firm or institution nominated by the contractor andto the approval of the architect. (Test cubes are measuredseparately)

Formwork

Descriptions of formwork shall be deemed to include use andwaste only (except where described as "left in" or "permanent"),for fitting together in the required forms, wedging, plumbing andfixing to true angles and surfaces as necessary to ensure easyrelease during stripping and for reconditioning as necessarybefore re-use. The vertical strutting shall be carried down tosuch construction as is sufficiently strong to afford the requiredsupport without damage and shall remain in position until thenewly constructed work is able to support itself

Formwork to soffits of solid slabs, etc shall be deemed to be toslabs not exceeding 250mm thick unless otherwise described

Formwork to sides of bases, pile caps, ground beams, etc willonly be measured where it is prescribed by the engineer fordesign reasons. Formwork necessitated by irregularity orcollapse of excavated faces will not be measured and the costthereof shall be deemed to be included in the allowance fortaking the risk of collapse of the sides of the excavations,provision for which is made in "Earthworks"

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 2CONCRETE, FORMWORK AND REINFORCEMENT

- 5 5 -


April 2016

CONCRETE

REINFORCED CONCRETE CAST ON/IN FORMWORK

25MPa/20mm concrete

76 Staircase infill slabs m³ 5

TEST CUBES

77 Making and testing 150 x 150 x 150mm concrete strength testcubes (Provisional) No 9

FORMWORK

SMOOTH FORMWORK (DEGREE OF ACCURACY 1)

Smooth formwork to sides

78 Edges, risers, ends and reveals not exceeding 300mm high orwide m 5

PERMANENT FORMWORK

1,2mm GRS Bond-deck galvanised ribbed steel permanentdecking system including Intumescent coating tounderside of bond-dek, set up complete

79 Slabs, with ends fixed to steel bearers m² 39

REINFORCEMENT (PROVISIONAL)

Mild steel reinforcement to structural concrete work

80 8mm Diameter bars t 0.05

High tensile steel reinforcement to structural concretework




Fabric reinforcement

84 Type 395 fabric reinforcement in concrete surface beds, slabs,etc m² 39

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 2CONCRETE, FORMWORK AND REINFORCEMENT

- 5 6 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 2

CONCRETE, FORMWORK AND REINFORCEMENT

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R



Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 2CONCRETE, FORMWORK AND REINFORCEMENT

- 5 7 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 3

MASONRY

PREAMBLES



Sizes in descriptions

Where sizes in descriptions are given in brick units, "one brick"shall represent the length and "half brick" the width of a brick

Hollow walls

Descriptions of hollow walls shall be deemed to include wall tiesand leaving every fifth perpend of the bottom course of theexternal skin open as a weep hole

Face bricks

Bricks shall be ordered timeously to obtain uniformity in sizeand colour

Pointing

Descriptions of recessed pointing to fair face brickwork andface brickwork shall be deemed to include square recessed,hollow recessed, weathered pointing, etc

SUPERSTRUCTURE

Brickwork of NFP bricks in class II mortar

85 Half brick walls m² 188

86 One brick walls m² 652

87 270mm Hollow walls of two half brick skins including wire ties m² 27

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 3MASONRY

- 5 8 -


April 2016

88 Extra over one brick wall for building wall into coffer of concreteslab (Provisional) No 387

89 Extra over 270mm cavity wall for building cavity wall into cofferof concrete slab (Provisional) No 15

BRICKWORK SUNDRIES

90 3M Polyurethane expanding foam sealant both sides betweentop of brick wall and soffit of concrete slab (Provisional) m 232

91 Extra over 3M Polyurethane expanding foam sealant betweentop of brick wall and soffit of concrete slab for sealing bothsides into coffer of concrete slab (Provisional) No 135

92 Extra for opening size approximately 600 x 450mm through halfbrick wall for specialist services, including 50mm "Rockwool" allround on both sides inside opening and and painted with"Flamsafe 325" fire-retardent paint for a width of 300mmaround service line penetration on one side (Provisional) No 6

93 Extra for opening size approximately 600 x 450mm through halfbrick wall for specialist services, including 50mm "Rockwool" allround on both sides inside opening and painted with "Flamsafe325" fire-retardent paint for a width of 300mm around serviceline penetration on both sides (Provisional) No 3

94 Extra for opening size approximately 600 x 450mm through onebrick wall for specialist services, including 50mm "Rockwool" allround on both sides inside opening and painted with "Flamsafe325" fire-retardent paint for a width of 300mm around serviceline penetration on one side (Provisional) No 18

95 Extra for opening size approximately 600 x 450mm through onebrick wall for specialist services, including 50mm "Rockwool" allround on both sides inside opening and painted with "Flamsafe325" fire-retardent paint for a width of 300mm around serviceline penetration on both sides (Provisional) No 6

96 Extra for opening size approximately 900 x 600mm through onebrick wall for specialist services, including 50mm "Rockwool" allround on both sides inside opening and painted with "Flamsafe325" fire-retardent paint for a width of 300mm around serviceline penetration on both sides (Provisional) No 18


- 5 9 -


April 2016

97 Extra for opening size approximately 600 x 450mm through270mm hollow wall for specialist services, including buildingcavity solid all round and with 50mm "Rockwool" all round onboth sides inside opening and painted with "Flamsafe 325"fire-retardent paint for a width of 300mm around service linepenetration on one side (Provisional) No 2

98 Extra for opening size approximately 600 x 450mm through270mm hollow wall for specialist services, including buildingcavity solid all round and with 50mm "Rockwool" all round onboth sides inside opening and painted with "Flamsafe 325"fire-retardent paint for a width of 300mm around service linepenetration on both sides (Provisional) No 4

Bagging of 1:3 cement and sand mixture

99 On brick walls m² 116

Joint forming material in movement joints

100 12mm Fibre board built in vertically between brick skins m² 14

Brickwork reinforcement

101 75mm Wide reinforcement built in horizontally m 504

102 150mm Wide reinforcement built in horizontally m 1,910

Galvanised hoop iron cramps, ties, etc

103 30 x 1,6mm Wall tie 500mm long with one end shot pinned toconcrete and other end built into brickwork No 440

Concrete prestressed fabricated lintels

104 110 x 70mm Lintels in lengths not exceeding 3m m 74


- 6 0 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 3

MASONRY

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R




Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 3MASONRY

- 6 1 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 4

WATERPROOFING

PREAMBLES



Waterproofing

Waterproofing of roofs, basements, etc shall be laid under a tenyear guarantee. Waterproofing to roofs shall be laid to evenfalls to outlets etc with necessary ridges, hips and valleys.Descriptions of sheet or membrane waterproofing shall bedeemed to include additional labour to turn-ups and turn-downs

DAMPPROOFING OF WALLS AND FLOORS

One layer 4mm "Derbigum SP4" waterproofing, laid with75mm side and 100mm end laps; strictly in accordancewith the manufacturer's instructions under a ten yearwritten guarantee

105 On flat floors not exceeding 25 degrees from the horizontal,including turn-ups inside existing building m² 83

106 Sealing edges to brickwork or concrete m 44

Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 4WATERPROOFING

- 6 2 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 5

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

PREAMBLES



Fixing

Items described as "nailed" shall be deemed to be fixed withhardened steel nails or pins, or to be shot-pinned, to brickworkor concrete

Items described as "plugged" shall be deemed to includescrewing to fibre, plastic or metal plugs at not exceeding500mm centres, and where described as "bolted", the boltshave been given elsewhere

Joinery

Descriptions of frames shall be deemed to include frames,transomes, rails, etc

Descriptions of hardwood joinery shall be deemed to includesinking and pelleting heads and nuts of bolts

Decorative melamine and thermosetting plastic laminatecovering

Melamine and laminate coverings shall be glued underpressure and edge strips of same shall be 3mm PVC flat edgefixed with hot-melt glue and shall be butt jointed at junctionswith adjacent similar finish

DOORS, ETC


Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 5CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

- 6 3 -


April 2016

Fire doors

Fire doors are to be in accordance with SANS 1253

Bison Bord (Board 13) semi solid flush panel doors with1,6mm Formica finish both sides and 22mm hardwoodedges all round, hung to steel frames on one and a halfpair 100 x 75 x 3mm two ball bearing stainless steel butthinges

107 40mm Door 600 x 1830mm high No 5


Bison Bord (Board 13) semi solid flush panel doors with1,6mm Formica finish both sides and 22mm hardwoodedges all round, hung to steel frames on one and a halfpair brass parliament hinges


Bison Bord (Board 13) semi solid flush panel doors with1,6mm Formica finish both sides and 22mm hardwoodedges all round, hung to steel frames on one and a halfpair brass parliament hinges in existing brickwork


Bison Bord (Board 13) solid flush panel doors with 1,6mmFormica finish both sides and 22mm hardwood edges allround, hung to steel frames on one and a half pair 100 x 75x 3mm two ball bearing stainless steel butt hinges


112 40mm Door 813 x 2032mm high with under-cut approximately85mm No 10

"Class A" solid core fire doors with masonite veneer onboth sides and concealed hardwood edges, hung to andincluding 1,6mm pressed steel single rebated frame on onepair 100 x 75 x 3mm two ball bearing stainless steel butthinges

113 Single door 813 x 2032mm high with frame for 230mm wall,with 7,5mm High Impact safety glass viewing panel size 150 x600mm high No 9


- 6 4 -


April 2016

"Class A" solid core fire doors with masonite veneer onboth sides and concealed hardwood edges, hung to andincluding 1,6mm pressed steel single rebated frame on onepair 100 x 75 x 3mm two ball bearing stainless steel butthinges in existing brickwork

114 Single door 813 x 2032mm high with frame for 230mm wall No 6

115 Single door 813 x 2032mm high with frame for 230mm wall,with 7,5mm High Impact safety glass viewing panel size 150 x600mm high No 11

Extra over doors above for louvre openings (Provisional)

116 Form 600 x 450mm high opening in door for louvre (louvreelsewhere) No 10

SHELVES

Interior particle board with 0,55mm white melamine veneeron all exposed sides

117 18mm Shelves 350mm wide m 49

PANELLING, ETC


Finishes

The tenderers are referred to the Architectural finishingschedule for the full descriptions of the finishes. Where itemsin the bills of quantities refer to a drawing/s for detailedinformation for pricing purposes, these drawings will also needto be cross referenced the finishing schedule for the descriptionof the finishes

References

References given in descriptions refer to the respective types offittings detailed on the Architect's drawing(s) annexed to thesebills of quantities for tender purposes


- 6 5 -


April 2016

Wrought Walnut Grey slatted wall panelling

118 Wall panelling formed of 38 x 38mm timber slats at 58mmcentres in panels size 88 x 1200mm high, with acousticabsorbing material as per specification, all fixed to andincluding sub-structure consisting of 80 x 60 x 6mm mild steelangle section surround and 22 x 69mm softwood bearers, fixedto walls with a 22mm void between wall and panel (Drawing486.902.12S) No 1







- 6 6 -


April 2016

124 Wall panelling formed of 38 x 38mm timber slats at 58mmcentres in panels size 950 x 950mm high, with acousticabsorbing material as per specification, all fixed to andincluding sub-structure consisting of 80 x 60 x 6mm mild steelangle section surround and 22 x 69mm softwood bearers, fixedto walls with a 22mm void between wall and panel (Drawing486.912.4) No 8

125 Wall panelling formed of 38 x 38mm timber slats at 58mmcentres in panels size 1200 x 900mm high, with acousticabsorbing material as per specification, all fixed to andincluding sub-structure consisting of 80 x 60 x 6mm mild steelangle section surround and 22 x 69mm softwood bearers, fixedto walls with a 22mm void between wall and panel (Drawing486.901.16S and 486.902.15S) No 70

126 Wall panelling formed of 38 x 38mm timber slats at 58mmcentres in panels size 1200 x 1200mm high, with acousticabsorbing material as per specification, all fixed to andincluding sub-structure consisting of 80 x 60 x 6mm mild steelangle section surround and 22 x 69mm softwood bearers, fixedto walls with a 22mm void between wall and panel (Drawing486.901.16S and 486.902.12S) No 26

127 Wall panelling formed of 38 x 38mm timber slats at 58mmcentres in panels size 1200 x 1200mm high, with 540 x 700mmcut-out to bottom edge, with acoustic absorbing material as perspecification, all fixed to and including sub-structure consistingof 80 x 60 x 6mm mild steel angle section surround and 22 x69mm softwood bearers, fixed to walls with a 22mm voidbetween wall and panel (Drawing 486.902.12S) No 1


129 Wall panelling formed of 40 x 40mm timber slats at 80mmcentres on 3mm perforated masonite board in panels size 2800x 2700mm high, with acoustic absorbing material as perspecification behind, all fixed to and including sub-structureconsisting of 38 x 114mm hardwood timber surround and 38 x50mm softwood bearers, fixed to drywalls (Drawing486.901.13S) No 3


- 6 7 -


April 2016

130 Attic stock: Wall panelling of 38 x 38mm timber slats at 58mmcentres: Deliver to the stores of the Client attic stock in clearlylabelled and strapped boxes m² 3

Wrought Walnut Grey solid wall panelling

131 Wall panelling formed of 32mm solid timber veneer panels, with3mm solid timber edges to match veneer, fixed to 25mm thickpremium quality interior grade particle board with veneer toface, in panels size 700 x 2770mm high, with 378 x 170mmcut-out to one corner, all fixed to and including sub-structureconsisting of 80 x 60 x 6mm mild steel angle section surroundand 22 x 69mm softwood bearers, fixed to walls with a 22mmvoid between wall and panel (Drawing 486.901.11S) No 2



134 Wall panelling formed of 32mm solid timber veneer panels, with3mm solid timber edges to match veneer, fixed to 25mm thickpremium quality interior grade particle board with veneer toface, in panels size 850 x 875mm high, all fixed to and includingsub-structure consisting of 80 x 60 x 6mm mild steel anglesection surround and 22 x 69mm softwood bearers, fixed towalls with a 22mm void between wall and panel (Drawing486.901.16S and 486.902.12S) No 2


- 6 8 -


April 2016

135 Wall panelling formed of 32mm solid timber veneer panels, with3mm solid timber edges to match veneer, fixed to 25mm thickpremium quality interior grade particle board with veneer toface, in panels size 875 x 875mm high, all fixed to and includingsub-structure consisting of 80 x 60 x 6mm mild steel anglesection surround and 22 x 69mm softwood bearers, fixed towalls with a 22mm void between wall and panel (Drawing486.901.16S and 486.902.12S) No 4

136 Wall panelling formed of 32mm solid timber veneer panels, with3mm solid timber edges to match veneer, fixed to 25mm thickpremium quality interior grade particle board with veneer toface, in panels size 1150 x 875mm high, all fixed to andincluding sub-structure consisting of 80 x 60 x 6mm mild steelangle section surround and 22 x 69mm softwood bearers, fixedto walls with a 22mm void between wall and panel (Drawing486.901.16S) No 2

137 Wall panelling formed of 32mm solid timber veneer panels, with3mm solid timber edges to match veneer, fixed to 25mm thickpremium quality interior grade particle board with veneer toface, in panels size 1175 x 875mm high, all fixed to andincluding sub-structure consisting of 80 x 60 x 6mm mild steelangle section surround and 22 x 69mm softwood bearers, fixedto walls with a 22mm void between wall and panel (Drawing486.901.16S) No 4

138 Wall panelling formed of 22mm timber veneer on Supawoodpanels, with 25mm thick x 47,5kg/m3 fibre glass, in panels size820 x 2700mm high all fixed to and including sub-structureconsisting of 38 x 50mm softwood bearers, fixed to drywalls(Drawing 486.901.13S) No 3

139 Attic stock: Wall panelling of 44mm solid timber veneeredpanels: Deliver to the stores of the Client attic stock in clearlylabelled and strapped boxes m² 2


- 6 9 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 5

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R








Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 5CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

- 7 0 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 6

CEILINGS, PARTITIONS AND ACCESS FLOORING

PREAMBLES



Fixing

Items described as "nailed" shall be deemed to be fixed withhardened steel nails or pins, or to be shot-pinned, to brickworkor concrete

Items described as "plugged" shall be deemed to includescrewing to fibre, plastic or metal plugs at not exceeding500mm centres, and where described as "bolted", the boltshave been given elsewhere

Ceilings

Unless otherwise described ceilings shall be deemed to behorizontal

Bulkheads

Bulkheads are defined as those portions of ceilings which arestepped down from the general ceiling level in a particular roomor area and which generally occur along the perimeter. Theirpurpose is either to conceal services or to create architecturalfeatures

Bulkheads have only been described as such where theyconform to the above definition and where the horizontal orvertical dimensions do not exceed 900mm. Where thesedimensions are more than 900mm such portions of ceilingshave been included in the appropriate general items of ceilings

Unless otherwise described bulkheads shall be deemed to behorizontal along the length

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 6CEILINGS, PARTITIONS AND ACCESS FLOORING

- 7 1 -


April 2016

Steel components

All steel components for ceilings, partitions, etc are to begalvanised in accordance with SANS 121

SUSPENDED CEILINGS


Proprietary suspended ceilings

Hangers, suspension grids, "lay-in" panels, etc are to be inaccordance with the manufacturers' recommendations

Electrical light fittings, diffusers, panels etc are generally "lay-in"units of the same dimensions as the suspension grid describedand allowance must be made in the rates accordingly for theirsupport inclusive of any flexibility in setting out that may berequired (ceiling panels have not been deducted and pricing isto take cognisance thereof)

Flush plastered gypsum plasterboard suspended ceilings

Ceilings shall comprise 12,5mm gypsum plasterboard boardsscrewed to and including screw-up suspension grid consistingof main tees at 1200mm centres and galvanised steel cappedcross tees at 400mm centres and with tape fixed over jointsand the whole finished with gypsum plaster trowelled to asmooth polished surface

The grid shall be suspended by means of galvanised steelL-section hangers at suitable centres, securely shot-pinned orscrewed to concrete, steel or wood

Flush plastered gypsum plasterboard suspendedbulkheads

Bulkheads shall comprise galvanised steel studding of 63,5mmtop and bottom tracks with vertical studs at maximum 400mmcentres, pop-riveted to the top and bottom tracks with similaradditional vertical studs as necessary at abutments, ends, etcand covered as described with plasterboard screwed tostudding with drywall screws at maximum 300mm centres.Boards shall be butt jointed and finished with tape and jointingcompound and the whole finished with gypsum plastertrowelled to a smooth polished surface to the thicknessrecommended by the manufacturer


- 7 2 -


April 2016

Descriptions shall be deemed to include any additional studs atends and intersections, corner beads, cornices at junctions withceilings, jointing compound, tape, etc

1200 x 600 x 20mm "Ecophon Focus A" acoustic ceilingpanels on exposed pre-painted T38 suspension gridsystem including hangers, necessary hold-down clips andwedges, etc

140 Ceilings suspended not exceeding 1m below concrete soffits m² 3,868

141 Circular cutting m 29

142 Extra over ceiling for opening not exceeding 300mm diameterfor downlighter, diffuser, etc (Provisional) No 67

143 Extra over ceiling for opening for 600 x 600mm light fitting,ventilation grille/air conditioning diffuser (Provisional) No 66

144 Extra over ceiling for opening for 600 x 1200mm light fitting(Provisional) No 734

145 Extra over ceiling for 600 x 600mm opening for ventilationgrille/air conditioning diffuser (Provisional) No 352

146 Attic stock: Deliver to the stores of the Client attic stock inclearly labelled and strapped boxes (Provisional) m² 77

1200 x 600 x 12,5mm "DonnCeil" gyprex white vinylcovered panels on exposed pre-painted T38 suspensiongrid system including hangers, necessary hold-down clipsand wedges, etc

147 Ceilings suspended not exceeding 1m below concrete soffits m² 236



150 Extra over ceiling for opening for 600 x 1200mm light fitting(Provisional) No 11



- 7 3 -


April 2016

12,6mm Gypsum plasterboard on screw-up tee suspensiongrid including hangers etc, with tape fixed over joints andthe whole finished with "Rhinolite" plaster trowelled to asmooth polished surface

152 Ceilings suspended not exceeding 1m below concrete soffits m² 579

153 Vertical ceilings suspended not exceeding 1m below steelstructure m² 46

154 Vertical ceilings circular on plan to exceeding 1m radiussuspended exceeding 1m and not exceeding 2m belowconcrete soffits m² 10


156 Rectangular bulkheads against wall 600mm wide x 200mmhigh, suspended not exceeding 1m below concrete soffits m 120



159 Rectangular intermediate bulkhead circular on plan toexceeding 1m radius 2300mm girth x 400mm high overall, with1000mm wide horizontal part, 200mm high including 250mmwide x 200mm high stepping sides on both sides suspendednot exceeding 1m below concrete soffits m 11



162 Extra over ceiling for opening for sprinkler head (Provisional) No 2

Sundries

163 Extra over plastered ceilings and bulkheads for 25mm x47,5kg/m3 fibreglass layer placed on top of ceiling or bulkhead m² 539

164 Extra over plastered ceilings and bulkheads for 1200 x1200mm "Gyptone Big 6" perforated acoustic plasterboardpanel No 8

Cornices, etc


- 7 4 -


April 2016

"Donn" cornices, perimeter trims, etc to suspendedceilings

165 Type SM25 pre-painted wall angles, plugged m 3,161

166 Type SM25 pre-painted wall angles circular on plan toexceeding 1m radius, plugged m 11

SPECIAL CEILING INLAYS

The following in circular in-lays in suspended ceilings,bulkheads, etc

167 Special feature panel to Africa Continent footprint,(approximately 4800mm wide (extreme) on the east/west axisand 5600mm long (extreme) on the north/south axis) formed ofstandard 1200 x 600mm suspended steel ceiling grid (powdercoated to charcoal colour) filled in with 1200 x 600mm "HunterDouglas SA Filigree" type 1 sun control panels with 50 x 50mmmodules (panels powder coated to different colours), including100mm recessed vertical bulkhead all around edge of Africafootprint, including all cutting, etc to panel and fixed in positioninto bulkhead and including all cutting to bulkhead, etc (Fordetails see drawing 486.110.2) No 1

168 Extra over circular ceiling panel for opening for 600 x 600mmlight fitting (Provisional) No 2

169 Extra over circular ceiling panel for opening for 1200 x 600mmlight fitting (Provisional) No 2

PARTITIONS, ETC

FIXED PARTITIONS

NOTE : Ironmongery for doors in partitions is not measuredwith the specific item, but is measured separately in thisPartitions trade

NOTE: All aluminium single doors as well as both leaves ofdouble doors are to be hung on stainless steel hinges, onedouble hinge at the top and one single hinge at the bottom

NOTE: Unless otherwise stated, the width of all aluminium doorframes is to be suitable for the thickness of the partitioning inwhich they occur


- 7 5 -


April 2016

PARTITIONING TYPE B

"Rhino-Drywall" partitioning (total thickness 115mm) shallcomprise steel studding formed of 63mm top and bottom trackswith vertical studs at maximum 600mm centres, friction fitted orpop riveted to the top and bottom tracks with similar additionalvertical studs as necessary at abutments, ends, etc andcovered both sides as described with 2 x 12,5mm "Gypsum"wallboard screwed to studding with "Drywall" screws atmaximum 220mm centres with the cavity filled in with andincluding 50mm Cavitybatt Fibreglass. Boards are to be buttjointed and finished with "Rhino" tape and "Ready mix D"jointing compound all in accordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions. Intersections and abutments are measuredseparately and descriptions shall be deemed to include anyadditional studs, corner beads, jointing compound, tape, etc(skirtings elsewhere) and top of drywall with aluminium cappingstrip, with and including 3M Polyurethane expanding foamsealant both sides between top of partition wall and soffit ofconcrete and/or coffer slab (finishings elsewhere)

PARTITIONING TYPE D

"Rhino-Drywall" partitioning (total thickness 88mm) shallcomprise steel studding formed of 63mm top and bottomtracks with vertical studs at maximum 600mm centres, frictionfitted or pop riveted to the top and bottom tracks with similaradditional vertical studs as necessary at abutments, ends, etcand covered both sides as described with 12,5mm "Gypsum"wallboard screwed to studding with "Drywall" screws atmaximum 220mm centres. Boards are to be butt jointed andfinished with "Rhino" tape and "Ready mix D" jointingcompound all in accordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions. Intersections and abutments are measuredseparately and descriptions shall be deemed to include anyadditional studs, corner beads, jointing compound, tape, etc(skirtings elsewhere) and top of drywall with aluminium cappingstrip, with and including 3M Polyurethane expanding foamsealant both sides between top of partition wall and soffit ofconcrete and/or coffer slab (finishings elsewhere)

"Rhino-Drywall" partitioning (Type D - total thickness88mm)

170 Partitioning approximately 1000mm high, with bottom tracksplugged and top tracks fixed to bottom of shopfront m 12


- 7 6 -


April 2016

171 Partitioning approximately 1100mm high to the soffit of thecoffer, with bottom tracks fixed on top of ceiling or top ofaluminium shopfront and top tracks plugged m 143


173 Partitioning approximately 3870mm high to the soffit of thecoffer, with bottom and top tracks plugged m 9

Extra over type D drywall

174 Extra over partition 1000mm high for vertical abutment No 2




178 Extra over partition 1100mm high for T-intersection No 21


180 Extra over partition 1000mm high for corner No 8



183 Extra for opening size approximately 450 x 450mm through88mm partition for specialist services, including 50mm"Rockwool" all round inside opening and painted with "Flamsafe325" fire-retardent paint for a width of 600mm around serviceline entry on one side (Provisional) No 6

184 Extra for opening size approximately 600 x 450mm through88mm partition for specialist services, including 50mm"Rockwool" all round inside opening and painted with "Flamsafe325" fire-retardent paint for a width of 600mm around serviceline entry on one side (Provisional) No 2

185 Extra for opening size approximately 900 x 600mm through88mm partition for specialist services, including 50mm"Rockwool" all round on both sides inside opening and paintedwith "Flamsafe 325" fire-retardent paint for a width of 600mmaround service line entry on one side (Provisional) No 1


- 7 7 -


April 2016

"Rhino-Drywall" partitioning (Type B - total thickness115mm)

186 Partitioning approximately 1000mm high, with bottom tracksplugged and top tracks fixed to bottom of shopfront m 75



189 Partitioning approximately 3870mm high to the soffit of thecoffer, with bottom and top tracks plugged m 250

Extra over type B drywall

190 "RhinoCeil Code 1895" expansion joint piece stapled topartitioining (Provisional) m 47












202 Extra over partition 3870mm high for ends No 4


- 7 8 -


April 2016

203 Extra over partition for 600 x 550 x 18mm plywood noggin toinside of partition, screwed to steel studs, including necessary"Donn" 25 x 25mm galvanised angle section support(s)securely screwed and fixed to the steel studs (Refer to"Nogging fixing detail" on page 49 of the "Saint Gobain" projectpack revision 3; all as necessary for subsequent fixing of TVscreens to partition) (Provisional) No 2

204 Extra over partition for solid core door 813 x 2032mm high withaluminium frame (Ironmongery measured separately) No 7

205 Extra over partition for 1398 x 2032 x 40mm BisonBord (Board13) semi solid flush panel double door in two unequal leaves(the one leaf 813mm wide) with rebated meeting styles, bothleaves of the door with 1,6mm Formica finish both sides and22mm hardwood edges all round, including epoxy powdercoated aluminium double door frame with three pairs 100 x 75 x3mm two ball bearing stainless steel butt hinges and additionalstudding, trimming, etc (Ironmongery measured separately inthis Partitions trade) No 6


207 Extra for opening size approximately 600 x 450mm through115mm partition for specialist services, including 50mm"Rockwool" all round on both sides inside opening and paintedwith "Flamsafe 325" fire-retardent paint for a width of 450mmaround service line entry on both sides (Provisional) No 18


209 Extra for opening size approximately 900 x 600mm through115mm partition for specialist services, including 50mm"Rockwool" all round on both sides inside opening and paintedwith "Flamsafe 325" fire-retardent paint for a width of 600mmaround service line on both sides (Provisional) No 18

SMOKE BARRIER PARTITIONS ABOVE CEILINGSETC


- 7 9 -


April 2016


The type and thickness of boards, the number of layers and theinsulation (if necessary) is to be such as to produce thespecified fire / smoke rating all in accordance with themanufacturer's recommendation

Top and bottom edges, abutments, openings, etc are to besealed to maintain the fire / smoke rating specified

"Rhino-Drywall" smoke barrier partitioning in ceiling voidshall comprise steel studding formed of 63,5mm top andbottom tracks with vertical studs at maximum 600mmcentres, friction fitted or pop riveted to the top and bottomtracks with similar additional vertical studs as necessaryat abutments, ends, etc and covered both sides asdescribed with 12,5mm "Gypsum" wallboard screwed tostudding with "Drywall" screws at maximum 220mmcentres. Boards are to be butt jointed and finished with"Rhino" tape and "Ready mix D" jointing compound all inaccordance with the manufacturer's instructions.Intersections and abutments are measured separately anddescriptions shall be deemed to include any additionalstuds, corner beads, jointing compound, tape, etc with andincluding 3M Polyurethane expanding foam sealant bothsides between top of partition wall and soffit of concreteand/or coffer slab

210 Smoke barrier partitioning in ceiling void, approximately 900mmhigh to the soffit of the coffer, with bottom tracks fixed on top ofceiling or top of aluminium shopfront and top tracks plugged m 307

211 Extra over smoke barrier partition approximately 900mm highfor vertical abutment No 63

212 Extra over smoke barrier partition approximately 900mm highfor T-intersection No 6

213 Extra over smoke barrier partition approximately 900mm highfor corner No 20

214 Cutting and fitting smoke barrier around HVAC ducting, sizeapproximately 600 x 450mm including 19 x 75mm hardwoodframe all round on both sides and sealed with and including 3MPolyurethane expanding foam sealant both sides (Provisional) No 8


- 8 0 -


April 2016



TOILET CUBICLES

"Cubicle Solutions Cube Exclusive Range 1 (CodeCEx1/304)" modular toilet cubicle systems consisting of12mm thick 100% moisture resistant, non-porous CompactHigh Pressure Laminate partitions, doors and stiles(Colour: side panels, etc. - Light Grey, Doors - Dark Grey),anchored to floors with adjustable feet (CodeCSSF01/304/13) and with overhead bracing and hangingclamp support system (Code CSSH01/304/13), fitted withall necessary stainless steel ironmongery comprising hatand coat hooks (Code CSXHCO1/304), indicator bolts(Code CST IN01/316) and rise and fall butt hinges (CodeCSRRFH/316)

217 Urinal screen 300mm wide x 800mm high against tiled wall onone side No 8

218 Toilet partition 1710mm wide x 2050mm high between tiledwalls 2505mm apart, with one door 1000 x 1950mm high, onewall panel 120mm wide x 2050mm high and one end wall panel2050mm high No 1

219 Set of two toilet cubicles 1864mm wide x 1800mm deep overallon plan x 2050mm high against tiled wall at back and one side,with two doors each 750 x 1950mm high No 2

220 Set of two toilet cubicles 2505mm wide x 1800mm deep overallon plan x 2050mm high against tiled wall at back and one side,with two doors each 750 x 1950mm high No 1

221 Set of two toilet cubicles 2392mm wide x 1800mm deep overallon plan x 2050mm high against tiled walls, with two doors each750 x 1950mm high No 4

222 Set of two toilet cubicles 2810mm wide x 1780mm deep overallon plan x 2050mm high against tiled walls, with one door 750 x1950mm high and one door 1000 x 1950mm high No 1


- 8 1 -


April 2016

223 Set of three toilet cubicles 3558mm wide x 1800mm deepoverall on plan x 2050mm high against tiled walls, with threedoors each 750 x 1950mm high No 1

IRONMONGERY TO DRYWALL PARTITIONS(PROVISIONAL)

Level 0, 1 and 2

PREAMBLES

For preambles refer to "Ironmongery Bill"

Ironmongery set AA

224 6241-05SS : Stainless steel lever handle on rose Pairs 5

225 2X18SCMKD : Cylinder profile MKD No 5

226 87001SS : Floor door stop satin SS No 5

227 L-2215-78SS/SL : Union mortice sash lock No 5

Ironmongery set AB

228 L-2115-78SS : Euro-profile cylinder deadlock stainless steel No 1

229 2700SS : Union 2700 rebate set SS No 1

230 2915SC : Union 2915 rebate set SC No 1


232 5213BBSS : 350mm Pull handle back to back Pairs 2

233 8052-150NP : Flush bolt 150mm nickel plated No 2


235 8852SC : Dust proof strike No 1

236 DC152/0005000 : HO device A152 No 2

237 DC500 : CAM action closer EN1-4 SIL No 2

238 SS5305-05SS : Escutcheon on rose profile No 2

239 Y672 : Fire door coordinator 1321mm No 1


- 8 2 -


April 2016

240 YCB600 : Carry bar black No 1

241 YFB600 : Filler bar 18 INS No 1

Ironmongery set AC




245 Q60x85MM-SS : Spring latch & deadbolt lock No 4

Ironmongery set AP/1

246 DC477HO : CAM action FS EN2-4 HO No 2




250 PZ-05SS : Escutcheon on rose profile No 2

251 QD35X85MM-SS : 35mm Deadbolt lock No 1

252 SP (29) AL : Flushbolt by aluminium door Manufacturer No 2

Ironmongery set AW

253 10312-10SS : Door loop stainless steel No 2





258 8852SC : Dust proof striker No 2


260 EDSL404-RB-SS : Rebate kit EL404 No 2

261 EDS-ML-300-SW : Narrow stile elmech lock No 2


- 8 3 -


April 2016


263 Y672 : Fire door coordinator 1321mm No 2

264 YCB600 : Carry bar black No 2

265 YFB600 : Filler bar 18 INS No 2

Ironmongery set AX/1


267 2915SC : Union 2915 rebate set SC No 1





272 8852SC : Dust proof striker No 1




- 8 4 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 6

CEILINGS, PARTITIONS AND ACCESS FLOORING

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R















Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 6CEILINGS, PARTITIONS AND ACCESS FLOORING

- 8 5 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 7

FLOOR COVERINGS, WALL LININGS, ETC

PREAMBLES



Fixing

Floor coverings, wall linings, etc shall, where applicable, befixed with adhesive as recommended by the manufacturers ofthe flooring, linings, etc

FLOOR COVERINGS

2,0mm Forbo Marmoleum Vivace, the Linoleum sheeting tobe laid in Marley No 60 acrylic adhesive, rolled in bothdirections as per the manufacturers specification with buttjoints to be scribed at 45 degree overlapping joints

Oyster Mountain 3421 Vivace on and including TAL selflevelling screed

275 On floors in patterns m² 1,462


Dove Grey 2621 on and including TAL self levelling screed

277 On floors in irregular in-lay patterns m² 371

278 Insets 600mm wide of differing colour m 16

279 Insets 900mm wide of differing colour m 413


Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 7FLOOR COVERINGS, WALL LININGS, ETC

- 8 6 -


April 2016

Sunny Day 3411 on and including TAL self levelling screed

281 On floors in patterns m² 1,322


Sundries to all types of Linoleum


CARPETS

Van Dyck tufted carpet tiles with Enduroback KR4 Nylon 6,laid in strict accordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions

500 x 500mm Lineal carpet tiles

284 On floors m² 1,355


500 x 500mm Vertigo (Mocha) carpet tiles

286 On floors m² 239


Sundries to all types of carpets


SKIRTINGS, NOSINGS, ETC

"Forbo Marmoform SW" pre-moulded marmoleumskirtings in colours to match floor finish

289 Marmoform SW coved skirting m 614

290 Marmoform SW coved skirting circular on plan m 11

291 Marmoform SW coved skirting stepped over treads and risersof stairs m 13

292 Attic stock: Deliver to the stores of the Client attic stock inclearly labelled and strapped boxes (Provisional) m 25


- 8 7 -


April 2016

Transition cover plates

293 38 x 6mm M-trim ACT 380 aluminium transition cover strip m 39

PVC Easyskirt high impact skirting

294 60mm "Van Dyck" skirting m 306

295 60mm "Van Dyck" skirting circular on plan m 5

"Retro-fit"

296 45 x 28mm BSN3 mat black anodised aluminium nosings withcarborundum insert fixed to steel stairs m 6

BUMPER RAILS, CORNER PROTECTORS, ETC

"Marley Intrad" wall protector of UPVC high impactresistant fixed to UPVC fixing brackets of approved colour

297 25 x 200mm High bumper rails, complete with all components,brackets, etc, fixed to brickwork or concrete m 451

298 25 x 200mm High bumper rails, complete with all components,brackets, etc, fixed to drywall partitioning m 135

299 Extra for closed end No 159

300 Extra for internal or external corner No 249

301 78 x 78mm "Code 3348" standard 90 degree corner protector1220mm high fixed to brickwork or concrete No 127

302 78 x 78mm "Code 3348" standard 90 degree corner protector1220mm high fixed to drywall partitioning No 9

303 78 x 78mm "Code 348135" standard 135 degree cornerprotector 1220mm high fixed to brickwork or concrete No 23

304 78 x 78mm "Code 348135" standard 135 degree cornerprotector 1220mm high fixed to drywall partitioning No 7

POLISH, SEALERS, ETC

Clean linoleum thoroughly with water and neutraldetergent, rinse, dry out and apply two coats ofwaterbased floor dressing to comply with SABS 1042

305 On floors m² 3,155


- 8 8 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 7

FLOOR COVERINGS, WALL LININGS, ETC

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R




Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 7FLOOR COVERINGS, WALL LININGS, ETC

- 8 9 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 8

IRONMONGERY (PROVISIONAL)

PREAMBLES



Proprietary items

Where applicable the manufacturers' names or productcatalogue titles are given in sub-headings preceding the items

Prices are to be based on the specific products/articlesspecified. If tenderers wish to offer alternative products/articlesfor certain items, these items are to be clearly marked and thealternative specification given with supporting brochures etcclarifying the features of the products/articles offered

On request returnable samples are to be provided to theprincipal agent for consideration

The reference to "Ironmongery Set" refers to "Assa Abloy"schedules, or other approved

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 8IRONMONGERY

- 9 0 -


April 2016

Finishes to ironmongery

Where applicable finishes to ironmongery are indicated bysuffixes in accordance with the following list:BS Satin bronze lacqueredCH Chromium platedSC Satin chromium platedSE Silver enamelledGE Grey enamelledAN Anodised naturalAS Anodised silverAB Anodised bronzeAG Anodised goldABL Anodised blackPB Polished brassPL Polished and lacqueredPT Epoxy coatedSD Sanded

Levels 0, 1 and 2

Ironmongery set AA




309 L-2215-78SS/SL : Union mortice sash lock No 17

Ironmongery set AC





Ironmongery set AF

314 5213BTSS : 350mm Pull handle bolt thru No 4




- 9 1 -


April 2016

317 SS5023-380W : 152 x 380mm Push plate No 4

318 SS5066-06SSE10 : Male indicator sign No 4

Ironmongery set AG





323 SS5066-06SSE11 : Female indicator sign No 4

Ironmongery set AH

324 X-SS194RSR-3-SS : Union rising butt hinge right hand No 2



327 SS2016SS : Bathroom deadbolt No 1

328 SS5004-73SS : Escutheon on rose bathroom Pairs 1


330 SS5066-06SSE10: Male indicator sign No 1

331 SS5066-06SSE14 : Paraplegic toilet sign No 1

Ironmongery set AI

332 X-SS194RSL-3-SS : Union rising butt hinge left hand No 2



335 SS2016SS : Bathroom deadbolt No 1

336 SS5004-73SS : Escutheon on rose bathroom Pairs 1


338 SS5066-06SSE11: Female indicator sign No 1


- 9 2 -


April 2016


Ironmongery set AJ

340 DC300SCDA : R&A closer EN1-4 SC SIL delayed action No 2




344 SS5066-06SSE11 : Female indicator sign No 2


Ironmongery set AK

346 DC300SCDA : R&A closer EN1-4 SC SIL delayed action No 2




350 SS5066-06SSE10: Male indicator sign No 2


Ironmongery set AL




355 SS5515-150BTSS : 150mm pull handle bolt through No 7

Ironmongery set AM

356 ARC1182SS : Adjustable roller catches No 4

357 SS5066-06SSE05 : Fire hose sign No 4

358 SS5515-150BTSS : 150mm pull handle bolt through No 4


- 9 3 -


April 2016

Ironmongery set AT





363 L-2349-78SS : Antithrust night latch W/O CYL No 10

364 SS5066-06SSE15 : Escape route sign LH No 10


Ironmongery set AV

366 10312-10SS : Door loop stainless steel No 9





371 EDS-ML-300-SW : Narrow stile elmech lock No 9



LETTERS, NAMEPLATES, ETC


Guidelines

For all logo designs, primary type faces, colours, text, spaceguidelines and minimum and maximum sizes refer to UNISA'sbook of Brand Guidelines Overview

All signage to comply with SABS 1091


- 9 4 -


April 2016

1,2mm Thick matt finished natural anodised aluminiumnumber plates, with black engraved letters, numerals orhyphens, etc fixed to steel door frames with two stainlesssteel counter-sunk self tapping screws

374 60 x 30mm Door number plate with three engravings(Provisional) No 27

375 60 x 30mm Door number plate with four engravings(Provisional) No 18

Door mounted brushed aluminium name, directional orother plates with black engraved letters or signs

376 Plate with letters "TOILETS" (304 x 152mm high) No 7

377 Plate with letters "SERVICE DUCT" (304 x 152mm high) No 4

378 Plate with letters "AIRCONDITIONING ROOM" (532 x 152mmhigh) No 4

Wall mounted brushed aluminium name, directional orother plates with black engraved letters or signs

379 Plate with letters "MEETING ROOM" (380 x 228mm high) No 2

380 Plate with letters "UNISA + UNISA LOGO" (2698 x 996mmhigh) No 1

381 Plate with letters "SELF-HELP STATION" (320 x 152mm high) No 8

382 Plate with letters "SELF-ISSUE STATION" (320 x 152mm high) No 5

383 Plate with letters "JUST ASK ME" (380 x 684mm high) No 1

384 Plate with letters "LISTENING & AUDIO VISUAL ROOM" (532x 228mm high) No 1

385 Plate with letters "TRAINING ROOM" (912 x 152mm high) No 2

386 Plate with letters "RESEARCH COMMONS" (1216 x 152mmhigh) No 1

Ceiling or bulkhead mounted brushed aluminium name,directional or other plates with black engraved letters orsigns

387 Plate with letters "LIBRARY" "AUDITORIUM" with 2 directionalarrows (1064 x 380mm high) No 1


- 9 5 -


April 2016

388 Plate with letters "SNACK BAR" with tea cup pictogram (760 x152mm high) No 1

389 Plate with letters "EXIT" (228 x 152mm high) No 2

390 Plate with letters "ENTRANCE" (456 x 152mm high) No 1

391 Plate with letters "BOOK DROP" with directional arrow (608 x152mm high) No 1

392 Plate with letters "SECURITY OFFICE" (532 x 228mm high) No 1

393 Plate with letters "SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY /AGRICULTURE / ENVIRONMENT" (2432 x 152mm high) No 2

394 Plate with letters "NO EXIT" (304 x 152mm high) No 1

395 Plate with letters "RECEPTION" (836 x 152mm high) No 2

396 Plate with letters "ISSUE COUNTER" (608 x 152mm high) No 1

397 Plate with letters "RESEARCH COMMONS" (1216 x 152mmhigh) No 1

398 Plate with letters "RESEARCH COMMONS - JAM STATION -INFORMATION COMMONS" with 3 directional arrows (836 x456mm high) No 1

399 Plate with letters "RESEARCH COMMONS - RECEPTION /ENQUIRIES - INFORMATION COMMONS" with 3 directionalarrows (836 x 456mm high) No 1

400 Plate with letters "PHOTOCOPY ROOM - BOOK SHELVES"with 2 directional arrows (684 x 308mm high) No 2

401 Plate with letters "PHOTOCOPY ROOM - BOOK SHELFROOM" with 2 directional arrows (684 x 308mm high) No 1

402 Plate with letters "INFORMATION COMMONS" (1368 x 152mmhigh) No 1

403 Plate with letters "SELF-ISSUE STATION" (320 x 152mm high) No 1

404 Plate with letters "BOOK SHELVES" (608 x 152mm high) No 3

405 Plate with letters "PHOTOCOPY ROOM" (684 x 152mm high) No 1

406 Plate with letters "STAFF ROOM" (304 x 228mm high) No 2


- 9 6 -


April 2016

407 Plate with letters "NEWS PAPERS" (532 x 152mm high) No 1

408 Plate with letters "READING AREA" (608 x 152mm high) No 1

409 Plate with letters "STUDY CUBICLES" (608 x 152mm high) No 5

410 Plate with letters "STUDY CUBICLES DISABLED USERS" (608x 228mm high) No 1

411 Plate with letters "STUDY COMMONS" (684 x 152mm high) No 2

412 Plate with letters "DISCUSSION ROOM" (456 x 228mm high) No 6

413 Plate with letters "BRANCH LIBRARIAN" (380 x 228mm high) No 2

414 Plate with letters "BRANCH LIBRARIANS" with one directionalarrow (760 x 152mm high) No 1

415 Plate with letters "VISITORS OFFICE" (684 x 152mm high) No 1

416 Plate with letters "STAFF ONLY" (380 x 152mm high) No 5

417 Plate with letters "AUTHORISED PERSONNEL ONLY" withelectrical pictogram (380 x 308mm high) No 16

PHOTOLUMINESCENT SIGNS


Signs are to comply with SANS 1186-1 to 5, installed inaccordance with SANS 10400 and to be to the approval of thelocal authority. Signs are to have anodised aluminium frames

Prices are to include for fixing by approved methods. The useof double sided tape will not be permitted. Surface mountedsigns are to be concealed fixed and ceiling mounted signs areto be hung with 2mm diameter stainless steel cables

Single sided ceiling mounted signs are to have 2mm satinchrome anodised aluminium back panels

Samples, specifications, literature, etc of materials andfabricated articles the tenderer proposes to use shall besubmitted with the tender

A ten year guarantee on materials and workmanship shall besubmitted by the successful tenderer

References at the end of the item descriptions are to therelative items on drawings issued separately with these bills ofquantities


- 9 7 -


April 2016

Wall or door mounted photoluminescent statutory signs in190 x 190mm modules

418 152 x 152mm Sign with one number No 6

419 380 x 190mm Sign with two pictograms (Type E1) No 2


421 570 x 190mm Sign with three pictograms (Type F4) No 3


423 760 x 190mm Sign with four pictograms (Type F1) No 2

424 Sign with wording "IN THE EVENT OF FIRE, EXIT DOWN THESTAIRWAY, DO NOT USE THE LIFTS" (Type F39) No 3

Ceiling mounted single sided photoluminescent statutorysigns in 190 x 190mm modules



Ceiling mounted double sided photoluminescent statutorysigns in 190 x 190mm modules











- 9 8 -


April 2016

SUNDRIES

436 "Austen RS-1" 86kg fire and burglary safe, 400 x 360 x 370mmhigh internally, fixed to concrete No 1

In accordance with "Vitrex-Tops" catalogue

437 "Readyrail REA 01" natural anodised aluminium gravity grippertrack in suitable lengths (Provisional) m 54

438 "Readyrail REA 04" natural anodised aluminium magneticflipchart 650 x 940mm high, suitable for readyrail application,plugged (Provisional) No 5

439 "Code EM" natural anodised aluminium magnetic white board900 x 1200mm high with four "Readyrail REA021" brackets,plugged (Provisional) No 4

In accordance with "Krost Office Suppliers" catalogue

440 "Code 076 curve" medium curved carpet protector, 1350 x1140 x 2.5mm thick (Misty grey colour) No 11

441 "Code 800SI" two tier perforated epoxy coated steel in/out lettertray, 360 x 260 x 150mm high (Silver colour) No 62

442 "Code 820SI" epoxy coated steel coat and hat tree cactus,1715mm high overall (Silver, bright aluminium colour) (MarkedCH on plan) No 19

443 "Code 315CH" epoxy coated steel lockable computer caseholder, 654 x 160 x 170mm high, fixed to furniture (Charcoalcolour) No 53

444 "Code 315CH" epoxy coated steel lockable computer caseholder, 654 x 160 x 170mm high, fixed to furniture (Charcoalcolour) (Provisional) No 3

445 "Code 504SI" perforated epoxy coated steel waste paperbasket, 240mm diameter x 300mm high (Silver, brightaluminium colour) No 87

446 "Code 504SI" perforated epoxy coated steel waste paperbasket, 240mm diameter x 300mm high (Silver, brightaluminium colour) (Provisional) No 10

447 "Code 590SI" perforated epoxy coated steel wall mountedwaste paper bin, 250mm diameter x 300mm high, fixed to walls(Silver, bright aluminium colour) (Marked BW on plan) No 31


- 9 9 -


April 2016

448 "Code 590SI" perforated epoxy coated steel wall mountedwaste paper bin, 250mm diameter x 300mm high, fixed to walls(Silver, bright aluminium colour) (Marked BW on plan)(Provisional) No 10

449 "Code 506PSI" perforated epoxy coated steel ashtray litter bin,250mm diameter x 600mm high (Silver, bright aluminiumcolour) (Marked BA on plan) No 10

450 "Code 630SI" perforated epoxy coated steel trash litter binwithout top, 400mm diameter x 600mm high (Silver, brightaluminium colour) (Marked BT on plan) No 18

451 "Code 754SI" perforated epoxy coated steel kitchen litter binwith black swivel top, 400mm diameter x 600mm high (Silver,bright aluminium colour) (Marked BK on plan) No 3

452 "Code 794SS" perforated stainless steel turbine mall bin,475mm diameter x 785mm high (Marked MB on plan) No 4

453 Ergonomic foot rest of 12.7mm diameter chromium plated steeltubing 1.2mm thick, including 12mm thick black PVC coveredsupawood adjustable foot board (Provisional) No 4

In accordance with "Parrot Products" catalogue

454 "Model code BD0452" pin board, 1200 x 1200mm withaluminium frame and carpet surface, fixed to drywalls (Laurel,Grey-X colour) (Marked PB on plan) No 16

455 "Model code BD1252 Magic Glass" white board, 1200 x1200mm with 4mm toughened tempered safety glass withstainless steel fittings, including "Model BA0609" extra strengthmagnets, fixed to drywalls and shopfronts (Marked WB on plan) No 19

BATHROOM FITTINGS (fixed to concrete or brickworkwhere applicable)

456 32mm Outside diameter brushed stainless steel slip resistantgrabrail 900mm long twice bent at 45 degrees into three equalparts with three flanges fixed to wall (Code B2818) No 2

457 32mm Outside diameter brushed stainless steel slip resistantcentre flanged backrail around toilet cistern, 750 x 206mm deep(Code B2817) No 2

458 "Buchels B3726" stainless steel STRX618 soap dispenser,plugged No 22


- 1 0 0 -


April 2016

459 "Franke Xlerator" hands free electrical hand dryer with stainlesssteel finish (code HF2400HD), plugged (Provisional) No 12

460 "Steiner" 20 litre she bin sateen (code 17291) (Provisional) No 12

461 "Buchels B3738" stainless steel CHRX672 bathroom tissuedispenser, plugged (Provisional) No 22

SHELVES, ETC

Approved steel shelving system with standard ivorycoloured epoxy powder coated finish

462 Double slotted wall band 2134mm long plugged and in additionbolted to wall with two 6mm expansion bolts No 14

463 Heavy duty shelf bracket for shelf 350mm wide No 70

"Symo Storage" free standing rivet proprietary type steelshelving units with powder coated finish, including heavyduty uprights, etc

464 Shelf unit 914 x 380 x 2300mm high, with six shelves No 3

465 Bank of two six shelf units each 914 x 380 x 2300mm high, totallength 1828mm, bolted together No 5

466 Bank of three six shelf units each 914 x 380 x 2300mm high,total length 2742mm, bolted together No 3

467 Bank of four six shelf units each 914 x 380 x 2300mm high,total length 3656mm, bolted together No 3

468 Bank of five six shelf units each 914 x 380 x 2300mm high, totallength 4570mm, bolted together No 1

469 Back-to-back bank of two six shelf units each size 914 x 380 x2300mm high, total length 914mm, bolted together No 2

470 Back-to-back bank of six six shelf units each size 914 x 380 x2300mm high, total length 2742mm, bolted together No 1


- 1 0 1 -


April 2016

"SYMO STORAGE" MOBILE COMPACT SHELVINGSYSTEM

Mobile shelving units shall be fitted into a sturdy all-weldedmanufactured steel base and finished in powder coating.Shelving to be manufactured in accordance with ISO 9001standards and powder epoxy coated in accordance with SABS1274-1979

Steel shelving, racking and panels will be of cold rolled steel,powder coated to a thickness of 50 - 70 microns. The powdercoating is to be guaranteed against faulty workmanship. Thebase colour of the system to be black powder coating and theshelving to be antique ivory powder coating

Each base will be manufactured as a single unit or split intosections to suit building access, chemically cleaned and powdercoating stored at 210°C

The top and bottom shelves are bolted to the back and sidepanels, while the intermediate shelves are attached by meansof four magic clips each and are vertically adjustable in pitchesof 25mm (shelves to be adjustable)

Each unit will be fitted with four 120mm diameter wheels whichare fitted with two sealed bearings each and will each handle950kg. The wheels will move freely on a 50 x 20mm electrogalvanised hard drawn track. The tracks to be mounted onto avinyl covered timber platform (platform elsewhere). The singlemobile base at the end of the unit to be fitted with two anti tiltbrackets which prevent the shelving bay from toppling while inmotion

The units to be operated by means of a chain movementmechanically driven with star wheel 3 and more mobile units.The maximum force required to operate a fully laden unit isapproximately 3,5kg force

The system can be closed and locked either with a singlemobile which requires no additional doors or with a doublemobile fitted with lockable doors if specified

The mobile shelving will have a maximum average floor loadingof 500kg/m². The shelves to carry a maximum load of 100kg

The mobile base to carry 20 year warranty. Shelving and floorto carry a standard warranty


- 1 0 2 -


April 2016

471 Low stack library shelving unit, 3000 x 686 x 1556mm high intotal length, constructed in four equal sections as detailed, withhigh pressure laminate top with hardwood edge, four levelsshelving, bottom and framework, complete (Drawing 486.912.6) No 10

472 Low stack library shelving unit, 5000 x 686 x 1556mm high intotal length, constructed in four equal sections as detailed, withhigh pressure laminate top with hardwood edge, four levelsshelving, bottom and framework, complete (Drawing 486.912.6) No 3

473 Low stack library shelving unit, 7000 x 686 x 1556mm high intotal length, constructed in six equal sections as detailed, withhigh pressure laminate top with hardwood edge, four levelsshelving, bottom and framework, complete (Drawing 486.912.6& 7) No 2

474 Low stack library shelving unit, 8000 x 686 x 1556mm high intotal length, constructed in seven equal sections as detailed,with high pressure laminate top with hardwood edge, four levelsshelving, bottom and framework, complete (Drawing 486.912.6) No 3

475 Low stack library shelving unit, 9000 x 686 x 1556mm high intotal length, constructed in eight equal sections as detailed, withhigh pressure laminate top with hardwood edge, four levelsshelving, bottom and framework, complete (Drawing 486.912.6& 7) No 12

476 High stack library shelving unit, 3000 x 686 x 2210mm high intotal length, constructed in three equal sections as detailed,with high pressure laminate top with hardwood edge, six levelsshelving, bottom and framework, complete (Drawing 486.912.6& 7) No 3

477 High stack library shelving unit, 5000 x 686 x 2210mm high intotal length, constructed in five equal sections as detailed, withhigh pressure laminate top with hardwood edge, six levelsshelving, bottom and framework, complete (Drawing 486.912. 6& 7) No 2

478 High stack library shelving unit, 6000 x 686 x 2210mm high intotal length, constructed in six equal sections as detailed, withhigh pressure laminate top with hardwood edge, six levelsshelving, bottom and framework, complete (Drawing 486.912.6& 7) No 7


- 1 0 3 -


April 2016

479 High stack library shelving unit, 7000 x 686 x 2210mm high intotal length, constructed in seven equal sections as detailed,with high pressure laminate top with hardwood edge, six levelsshelving, bottom and framework, complete (Drawing 486.912.6& 7) No 9

480 High stack library shelving unit, 8000 x 686 x 2210mm high intotal length, constructed in eight equal sections as detailed, withhigh pressure laminate top with hardwood edge, six levelsshelving, bottom and framework, complete (Drawing 486.912.6& 7) No 15

481 High stack library shelving unit, 9000 x 686 x 2210mm high intotal length, constructed in nine equal sections as detailed, withhigh pressure laminate top with hardwood edge, six levelsshelving, bottom and framework, complete (Drawing 486.912.6& 7) No 12

482 High stack library shelving unit, 10000 x 686 x 2210mm high intotal length, constructed in nine equal sections as detailed, withhigh pressure laminate top with hardwood edge, six levelsshelving, bottom and framework, complete (Drawing 486.912.6& 7) No 23


- 1 0 4 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 8

IRONMONGERY

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R
















Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 8IRONMONGERY

- 1 0 5 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 9

STRUCTURAL STEELWORK

PREAMBLES



Descriptions

Descriptions of bolts shall be deemed to include nuts andwashers

Descriptions of L-shaped and U-shaped anchor bolts shall bedeemed to include bending, threading, nuts and washers andembedding in concrete

Where anchor bolts are described as embedded in sides orsoffits of concrete it shall be deemed to include holes throughformwork

Descriptions of expansion anchors and bolts and chemicalanchors and bolts shall be deemed to include nuts, washersand mortices in brickwork or concrete

STEEL COLUMNS AND BEAMS ON STAIRCASE INFILL

Welded beams in single lengths with angle and flat sectionbearer and connection plates, bolted to concrete work

483 305 x 165mm x 40,5kg/m Beams kg 872

484 100 x 100mm x 8kg/m Angle section bearers kg 226

485 10mm End plates kg 120

486 M16 UPAT UPM 44 Chemical anchor and bolt No 71

RAISED SEATING IN AUDITORIUM

487 120 x 120 x 3mm Base plate kg 17

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 9STRUCTURAL STEELWORK

- 1 0 6 -


April 2016

488 40 x 40 x 3mm (3,77kg/m) purlins kg 683

489 60 x 60 x 3mm (5,42kg/m) columns and frames kg 696

490 3,5mm Thick plate cover kg 1,563

491 N6 x 76mm Fisher hammer fixing bolt No 50

492 N10 x 120mm Fisher hammer fixing bolt No 38

SHOP DRAWINGS

493 Provision of shop drawings Item

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 9STRUCTURAL STEELWORK

- 1 0 7 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 9

STRUCTURAL STEELWORK

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R



Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 9STRUCTURAL STEELWORK

- 1 0 8 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 10

METALWORK

PREAMBLES



Descriptions of bolts, anchors, etc

Descriptions of bolts shall be deemed to include nuts andwashers

Descriptions of expansion anchors and bolts and chemicalanchors and bolts shall be deemed to include nuts, washersand mortices in brickwork or concrete

Items described as "holed for bolt(s)" shall be deemed toexclude the bolts unless otherwise described

Items described as "plugged" shall be deemed to includescrewing to fibre, plastic or metal plugs at not exceeding600mm centres

Aluminium doors, windows, etc

Doors and windows shall be supplied with protective tape andplastic and shall be removed only once surrounding tradeshave been completed

For purpose made windows and doors, refer to drawings issuedseparately with these bills of quantities

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 10METALWORK

- 1 0 9 -


April 2016

The following certificates shall be provided prior tocommencement of site work:

1 A copy of the relevant AAAMSA Performance TestCertificate from the manufacturer/contractorsupplying the architectural aluminium product

2 A Certificate of Conformance confirming thatanodising or powder coating has been processed inaccordance with SANS 999 and SANS 1796respectively

3 A powder guarantee of not less than 15 yearsissued by the powder manufacturer. Thespecific conditions contained in this guaranteeshall form part of the powder coating process

4 A Certificate of Conformance confirming thatglazing has been installed in accordance withSANS 0137, ensuring that safety glazingmaterials have been installed in the mandatoryareas and that each individual pane of safetyglazing materials has been permanently marked

5 A warranty from the manufacturer of the laminatedsafety glass and/or hermetically sealed glazingunits guaranteeing the products against delaminationand colour degradation for a period of not less thanfive years

FRAMEWORK, SHEET METAL FLASHINGS, LININGS, ETCFOR HVAC FANS (PROVISIONAL)

0,5mm Galvanised sheet steel

494 Wall lining 350mm wide, bolted to wall m 58

0,8mm Galvanised sheet steel with Chromadek finish ofapproved colour on one side

495 Duct covering fixed around framework m² 77

496 Wall cover flashing 150mm girth four times bent along length,including groove in wall, watertight sealing, etc m 75

497 U-shape cover flashing 50mm girth twice bent along length m 64

498 M10 expansion bolt, 90mm long No 128


- 1 1 0 -


April 2016

Welded galvanised steel in framework, plugged tobrickwork or concrete

499 45 x 45 x 3mm Angle section framework, brackets, etc kg 550

500 20mm Diameter solid bar m 38

501 45 x 45 x 3mm Base plate No 32

502 170 x 50 x 3mm Base plate No 16

503 10 x 50mm Mild steel bolt with nut and washers No 32


STEEL HANDRAILS, BALUSTRADES, ETC

Welded handrails to stair walls (Refer to architect'sdrawings number 486.901.22)

505 50mm External diameter x 2mm thick continuous pipe rails m 2

506 Extra over for ramp or knee No 2

507 Extra over for rounded closed end No 2

508 Bracket formed of 10mm diameter bar 110mm girth, once bentto 90 degree angle, with one end welded to rail and other endwith 60mm diameter x 2mm thick plate twice holed for andincluding stainless steel screws with plugs No 2

SUNDRY STEELWORK

Welded framework for vanity slabs

509 40 x 40 x 2mm L section framework kg 64

510 40 x 40 x 2mm L section framework including hole throughsteel bolted to brickwork or concrete at 350mm centre to centre kg 64



- 1 1 1 -


April 2016

Welded mounting brackets and hangers, etc for televisionscreens (Refer to architect's drawings number 486.420.1 to486.420.4)

512 Mounting bracket for fixing to steel column, consisting of 480 x150 x 4,5mm flat section mounting plate six times holed forbolts and twice welded to steel column for a length of 150mm(Detail F, drawing 486.420.2) No 12

513 Mounting bracket for fixing to wall, consisting of 320 x 250 x4,5mm flat section fixing plate four times holed for bolts, 480 x150 x 4,5mm flat section mounting plate six times holed forbolts and two 150 x 88 x 4,5mm flat section flanges eachtapered from 88mm to 47mm along one side and welded tofixing plate along other 150mm side and to mounting platealong tapered side (Detail E, drawing 921.10) No 2

514 Mounting hanger for fixing to ceiling, consisting of 150 x 150 x4,5mm flat section top plate four times holed for bolts, 60mmdiameter x 3mm thick pipe hanger 735mm long with one endwelded to top plate and other end with rounded closed end, 480x 150 x 4,5mm flat section mounting plate six times holed forbolts and two 150 x 86 x 4,5mm flat section flanges eachtapered from 86mm to 45mm along one side and welded topipe hanger along other 150mm side and to mounting platealong tapered side (Detail C, drawing 486.420.4) No 1



517 Hole through 25mm steel for bolt (Provisional) No 168


- 1 1 2 -


April 2016

518 Bolts (Provisional) kg 3

519 M10 x 100mm Expansion bolt No 64

Corner protectors

520 50 x 50 x 5mm Angle section corner protector 813mm long, atupstand under door, plugged to brickwork or concrete at250mm centres No 17

PRESSED STEEL DOOR FRAMES

1,2mm Double rebated frames suitable for half brick walls

521 Frame for door 600 x 1830mm high No 3


1,2mm Double rebated frames suitable for one brick walls



EPOXY POWDER COATED ALUMINIUM SHOPFRONTUNITS

NOTE: Ironmongery to shopfronts is not measured with thespecific item, but is measured separately in this Metalworktrade

NOTE: Where shopfront frames are described as "suitable fordoor closer", two additional powder epoxy coated aluminiumtransomes each 105mm wide x 30mm high x 3mm thick are tobe added on top of the shopfront transome

NOTE: All aluminium single doors as well as both leaves ofdouble doors are to be hung on one pair stainless steel hinges,one double hinge at the top and one single hinge at the bottom

NOTE: All aluminium single doors as well as both leaves ofdouble doors are to comply with category "C" as per theacoustic report with compressible silicon seals all roundbetween door and frame


- 1 1 3 -


April 2016

Purpose made powder coated composite shopfronts(Colour to match the existing aluminium units) as perapproved system by the Architect, complete with safetyglass glazing as per specification to comply with NBR 0400(N) SANSO137, formed of 32mm frames and subframes,transomes, mullions and bottom rails, glass, sealing, etcand fixed to brickwork or concrete

Glazing to aluminium windows, doors and shopfronts isreferenced by means of code Types as follows:

D: INTERNAL SHOPFRONTS

TYPE SPECIFICATIOND1 6,38mm Clear Intruderprufe Laminated Safety Glass

(2,9m²)D2 8,38mm Clear Intruderprufe Laminated Safety Glass

(4,3m²)D3 10,38mm Clear Intruderprufe Laminated Safety Glass

(5,7m²)D4 6,76mm Colourvue Coolgrey Arctic Snow Laminated

Safety Glass (2,9m²)D5 8,76mm Colourvue Coolgrey Arctic Snow Laminated

Safety Glass (4,3m²)D5 10,76mm Colourvue Coolgrey Arctic Snow Laminated

Safety Glass (5,7m²)

F: PRINTS ON INTERNAL GLASS

TYPE SPECIFICATIONF1 Graphix Art prints on Safety Glass (2 colours or less)

Ground Floor

525 9900 x 2770mm High overall with frame, 5 mullions and 2transomes in 18 varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 & D2glazing and with additional studding, trimming, etc (S300) No 1

526 9900 x 1770mm High overall with frame, 5 mullions and 1transome in 12 varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 & D2glazing and with additional studding, trimming, etc (S301) No 1

527 2814 x 2125mm high overall with frame 2 mullions and 1transome in 8 varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 & D2glazing, including one single plain opening 1215 x 2125mmhigh for security door (security door elsewhere) and additionalstudding, trimming, etc (S302 and S303) No 2


- 1 1 4 -


April 2016

528 10396mm Girth x 2770mm high overall with frame and three 90degree returns, 10 mullions and 2 transomes in 26 varying fixedpanes, including one double door size 1628 x 2125mm high intwo unequal leaves, one double door size 1084 x 1132mm highin two equal leaves and 2 automatic frameless glass slidingdouble doors, each size 1428 x 2093mm high, includingelectrical door gears, movement sensors, etc. The doubledoors with 100mm wide styles, transomes and top rails and300mm bottom rails, including aluminium door frames suitablefor door closers (door closers elsewhere) each leaf with threepairs 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butt hinges screwed onwith stainless steel screws including additional studding,trimming, etc glazed with Type D1 & D2 glazing (Ironmongery ismeasured seperately in this Metalwork trade) (S304) No 1

529 7051mm Girth x 2125mm high overall with frame and one 90degree return, 6 mullions and 1 transome in 12 varying fixedpanes glazed with Type D1 & D2 glazing, including one singleplain opening 1215 x 2125mm high for security door (securitydoor elsewhere) and additional studding, trimming, etc (S305and S306) No 2

530 3993mm Girth x 2125mm high overall with frame and one 90degree return, 2 mullions and 1 transome in 4 varying fixedpanes, including one single door 900 x 2125mm high, the doorwith 100mm wide styles, transome and top rail and 300mmbottom rail, including aluminium door frame suitable for doorcloser (door closer elsewhere ) with three 100 x 75 x 3mmstainless steel butt hinges screwed on with stainless steelscrews and additional studding, trimming, etc and glazed withType D1 & D2 glazing (Ironmongery measured separately inthis Metalwork trade) (S307 and S308) No 1

531 6765 x 2770mm High overall with frame, 3 mullions and 2transomes in 12 varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 & F1glazing and with additional studding, trimming, etc (S309) No 1

532 1589 x 2125mm High overall with frame, 1 mullion and 1transome in 2 varying fixed panes, including one single doorsize 900 x 2125mm high, the door with 100mm wide styles,transome and top rail and 300mm bottom rail, includingaluminium door frame suitable for door closer (door closerelsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butthinges screwed on with stainless steel screws and additionalstudding, trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1 glazing(Ironmongery measured separately in this Metalwork trade)(S310, S311 and S312) No 3


- 1 1 5 -


April 2016

533 1956 x 2125mm High overall with frame, 1 mullion and 1transome in 2 varying fixed panes, including one single doorsize 900 x 2125mm high, the door with 100mm wide styles,transome and top rail and 300mm bottom rail, includingaluminium door frame suitable for door closer (door closerelsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butthinges screwed on with stainless steel screws and additionalstudding, trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1 glazing(Ironmongery measured separately in this Metalwork trade)(S313) No 1

534 8592mm Girth x 2125mm high overall with frame and one 90degree return, 5 mullions and 1 transome in 12 varying fixedpanes, including one single door size 900 x 2125mm high, thedoor with 100mm wide styles, transome and top rail and300mm bottom rail, including aluminium door frame suitable fordoor closer (door closer elsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mmstainless steel butt hinges screwed on with stainless steelscrews and additional studding, trimming, etc and glazed withType D1 glazing (Ironmongery measured separately in thisMetalwork trade) (S314 and S316) No 1

535 1811mm x 2125mm high overall with frame, 2 mullions and 1transome in 2 varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 glazing(S315) No 1

536 4136 x 2125mm High overall with frame, 3 mullions and 1transome in 6 varying fixed panes, including one single doorsize 900 x 2125mm high, the door with 100mm wide styles,transome and top rail and 300mm bottom rail, includingaluminium door frame suitable for door closer (door closerelsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butthinges screwed on with stainless steel screws and additionalstudding, trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1 glazing(Ironmongery measured separately in this Metalwork trade)(S317) No 1

537 2000 x 2125mm High overall with frame, 1 mullion and 1transome in 2 varying fixed panes, including one single doorsize 900 x 2125mm high, the door with 100mm wide styles,transome and top rail and 300mm bottom rail, includingaluminium door frame with suitable for door closer (door closerelsewhere) three 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butt hingesscrewed on with stainless steel screws and additional studding,trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1 glazing (Ironmongerymeasured separately in this Metalwork trade) (S318) No 1


- 1 1 6 -


April 2016

538 9392mm Girth x 2770mm high overall with frame and three 45degree returns, 4 mullions and 2 transomes in 15 varying fixedpanes, including additional studding, trimming, etc glazed withType D1 & D2 glazing (S319, S320 and S321) No 1

539 1902 x 2770mm High overall with frame, 2 mullions and 2transomes in 7 varying fixed panes including one double doorsize 1500 x 2125mm high in two unequal leaves (600mm and900mm) each leaf with 100mm wide styles, transome and toprail and 300mm bottom rail, including aluminium door framesuitable for door closer (door closer elsewhere) with three pairs100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butt hinges screwed on withstainless steel screws and additional studding, trimming, etcand glazed with Type D1 glazing (Ironmongery measuredseparately in this Metalwork trade) (S322)

No 1

Level 1

540 9900 x 2770mm High overall with frame, 6 mullions and 2transomes in 17 varying fixed panes, including two single doorssize 900 x 2125mm high, each door with 100mm wide styles,transome and top rail and 300mm bottom rail, includingaluminium door frames suitable for door closer (door closerelsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butthinges screwed on with stainless steel screws and additionalstudding, trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1 & D2 glazing(Ironmongery measured separately in this Metalwork trade)(S101) No 1

541 11770mm Girth x 2770mm high overall with frame and four 90degree returns, 7 mullions and 1 transome in 26 varying fixedpanes, including five single doors size 900 x 2125mm high,each door with 100mm wide styles, transome and top rail and300mm bottom rail, including aluminium door frames suitablefor door closer (door closer elsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x3mm stainless steel butt hinges screwed on with stainless steelscrews and additional studding, trimming, etc and glazed withType D1 & F1 glazing (Ironmongery measured seperately inthis Metalwork trade) (S102) No 1


- 1 1 7 -


April 2016

542 10890mm Girth x 2770mm high overall with frame and four 90degree returns, 7 mullions and 1 transome in 26 varying fixedpanes, including five single doors size 900 x 2125mm high,each door with 100mm wide styles, transome and top rail and300mm bottom rail, including aluminium door frames suitablefor door closer (door closer elsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x3mm stainless steel butt hinges screwed on with stainless steelscrews and additional studding, trimming, etc and glazed withType D1 & F1 glazing (Ironmongery measured seperately inthis Metalwork trade) (S102) No 1

543 3182 x 2125mm High overall with frame, 2 mullions and 2transomes in 7 varying fixed panes, including one single doorsize 900 x 2125mm high, the door with 100mm wide styles,transome and top rail and 300mm bottom rail, includingaluminium door frame suitable for door closer (door closerelsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butthinges screwed on with stainless steel screws and additionalstudding, trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1 glazing(Ironmongery measured separately in this Metalwork trade)(S104) No 1

544 4291 x 1770mm High overall with frame, 2 mullions and 1transome in 6 varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 glazingand with additional studding, trimming, etc (S105) No 1

545 5925 x 2770mm High overall with frame, 3 mullions and 2transomes in 8 varying fixed panes, including two single doors,size 900 x 2125mm high each with 100mm wide styles,transome and top rail and 300mm bottom rail, includingaluminium door frames suitable for door closer (door closerelsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butthinges screwed on with stainless steel screws and additionalstudding, trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1 &F1 glazing(Ironmongery measured separately in this Metalwork trade)(S106) No 1

546 500 x 2770mm High overall with frame and 1 transome in 2varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 & F1 glazing and withadditional studding, trimming, etc (S107) No 1


- 1 1 8 -


April 2016

547 20120 x 1770mm High overall with frame, 13 mullions and 1transome in 26 varying fixed panes including one double doorsize 1960 x 2125mm high in two equal leaves each leaf with100mm wide styles, transome and top rail and 300mm bottomrail, including aluminium door frame suitable for door closer(door closer elsewhere) each leaf with three pairs 100 x 75 x3mm stainless steel butt hinges screwed on with stainless steelscrews and additional studding, trimming, etc and glazed withType D1 glazing (Ironmongery measured separately in thisMetalwork trade) (S108)

No 1

548 9900 x 1770mm High overall with frame, 6 mullions and 1transome in 14 varying fixed panes including additionalstudding, trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1 glazing (S109)

No 1

549 2625 x 2770mm High overall with frame, 2 mullions and 1transome in 5 varying fixed panes including one double doorsize 1928 x 2125mm high in two equal leaves each leaf with100mm wide styles, transome and top rail and 300mm bottomrail, including aluminium door frame suitable for door closers(door closers elsewhere) each leaf with three pairs 100 x 75 x3mm stainless steel butt hinges screwed on with stainless steelscrews and additional studding, trimming, etc and glazed withType D1 glazing (Ironmongery measured separately in thisMetalwork trade) (S110)

No 1

550 964 x 2770mm High overall with frame and 1 transome insingle fixed pane including one single door size 900 x 2125mmhigh, the door with 100mm wide styles, transome and top railand 300mm bottom rail, including aluminium door framesuitable for door closer (door closer elsewhere) with three 100 x75 x 3mm stainless steel butt hinges screwed on with stainlesssteel screws and additional studding, trimming, etc and glazedwith Type D1 glazing (Ironmongery measured separately in thisMetalwork trade) (S111)

No 2

551 Stair 4 - 3320 x 2770mm High overall with frame, 1 mullion and2 transomes in 6 varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1glazing and with additional studding, trimming, etc (S113; S114;S115; S116) No 4


- 1 1 9 -


April 2016

Level 2

552 638mm x 2770mm High overall with frame and 2 transomes in3 varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 & F1 glazing andwith additional studding, trimming, etc (S201) No 1

553 17769 Girth x 2770mm high overall with frame, four 90 degreereturns, one 45 degree return, 22 mullions and 2 transomes in48 varying fixed panes including nine single doors size 900 x2125mm high, each door with 100mm wide styles, transomeand top rail and 300mm bottom rail, including aluminium doorframes suitable for door closer (door closer elsewhere) withthree 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butt hinges screwed onwith stainless steel screws and additional studding, trimming,etc and glazed with Type D1 & F1 glazing (Ironmongerymeasured seperately in this Metalwork trade)(S200;201;202;205;206)

No 1

554 11362 Girth x 2770mm high overall with frame, two 90 degreereturns, one 45 degree return, 13 mullions and 2 transomes in22 varying fixed panes including six single doors size 900 x2125mm high, each door with 100mm wide styles, transomeand top rail and 300mm bottom rail, including aluminium doorframe suitable for door closer (door closer elsewhere) withthree 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butt hinges screwed onwith stainless steel screws and additional studding, trimming,etc and glazed with Type D1 & F1 glazing (Ironmongerymeasured seperately in this Metalwork trade) (S203;204;209)

No 1

555 800 x 2770mm High overall with frame and 2 transomes in 3varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 & F1 glazing and withadditional studding, trimming, etc (S206 and S207) No 2

556 976 x 2770mm High overall with frame and 2 transomes in 3varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 & F1 glazing and withadditional studding, trimming, etc (S208) No 1




- 1 2 0 -


April 2016







565 3740 x 2770mm High overall with frame, 2 mullions and 2transomes in 9 varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 & F1glazing and with additional studding, trimming, etc (S219) No 1




- 1 2 1 -


April 2016

568 17273 Girth x 1770mm high overall with frame, one 90 degreereturn and 15 mullions in 11 varying fixed panes including fivesingle doors size 900 x 2125mm high, each door with 100mmwide styles, transome and top rail and 300mm bottom rail,including aluminium door frame suitable for door closer (doorcloser elsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steelbutt hinges screwed on with stainless steel screws andadditional studding, trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1glazing (Ironmongery measured separately in this Metalworktrade) (S222) No 1

569 1500 x 2125mm High overall with frame and 2 transomes in 3varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 glazing and withadditional studding, trimming, etc (S223; S224; S225;S226) No 4

570 2070 x 2125mm High overall with frame, 2 mullions and 1transome in 4 varying fixed panes, including one single doorsize 900 x 2125mm high, the door with 100mm wide styles,transome and top rail and 300mm bottom rail, includingaluminium door frame suitable for door closer (door closerelsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butthinges screwed on with stainless steel screws and additionalstudding, trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1 glazing(Ironmongery measured separately in this Metalwork trade)(S227) No 1

571 5000 x 2770mm High overall with frame, 3 mullions and 2transomes in 8 varying fixed panes, including two single doorssize 900 x 2125mm high, each with 100mm wide styles,transome and top rail and 300mm bottom rail, includingaluminium door frame suitable for door closer (door closerelsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butthinges screwed on with stainless steel screws and additionalstudding, trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1 glazing(Ironmongery measured separately in this Metalwork trade)(S228) No 1

572 8730 Girth x 2770mm high overall with frame, one 90 degreereturn, 5 mullions and 2 transomes in 14 varying fixed panes,including two single doors size 900 x 2125mm high, each with100mm wide styles, transome and top rail and 300mm bottomrail, including aluminium door frames suitable for door closer(door closer elsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mm stainlesssteel butt hinges screwed on with stainless steel screws andadditional studding, trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1glazing (Ironmongery measured separately in this Metalworktrade) (S229) No 1


- 1 2 2 -


April 2016

573 1699 x 2770mm High overall with frame and 1 transome in onesingle fixed pane, including one double door size1699 x2125mm high in two equal leaves each leaf with 100mm widestyles, transome and top rail and 300mm bottom rail, includingaluminium door frame suitable for door closers (door closerselsewhere) with three pairs 100 x 75 x 3mm stainless steel butthinges screwed on with stainless steel screws and additionalstudding, trimming, etc and glazed with Type D1 glazing(Ironmongery measured separately in this Metalwork trade)(S230) No 1

574 19428mm Girth x 2770mm high overall with frame, two 45degree returns, 12 mullions and 2 transomes in 35 varying fixedpanes, including two single doors size 900 x 2125mm high,each door with 100mm wide styles, transome and top rail and300mm bottom rail, including aluminium door frame suitable fordoor closer (door closer elsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mmstainless steel butt hinges screwed on with stainless steelscrews and additional studding, trimming, etc and glazed withType D1 & F1 glazing (Ironmongery measured seperately inthis Metalwork trade) (S231 & S233 and S241 & S242) No 2

575 3920 x 2770mm High overall with frame, 1 mullion and 2transomes in 6 varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 & F1glazing and with additional studding, trimming, etc (S232 andS240) No 2

576 9890 x 1770mm High overall with frame, 5 mullions and 1transome in 12 varying fixed panes glazed with Type D1 & F1glazing and with additional studding, trimming, etc (S234 andS239) No 2

577 2625 x 2770mm High overall with frame, 2 mullions and 2transomes in 7 varying fixed panes including one double doorsize 1928 x 2125mm high in two equal leaves each leaf with100mm wide styles, transome and top rail and 300mm bottomrail, including aluminium door frame suitable for door closers(door closers elsewhere) each leaf with three pairs 100 x 75 x3mm stainless steel butt hinges screwed on with stainless steelscrews and additional studding, trimming, etc and glazed withType D1 glazing (Ironmongery measured separately in thisMetalwork trade) (S235 and S238)

No 2


- 1 2 3 -


April 2016

578 964 x 2770mm High overall with frame and 1 transome insingle fixed pane including one single door 900 x 2125mm high,the door with 100mm wide styles, transome and top rail and300mm bottom rail, including aluminium door frame suitable fordoor closer (door closer elsewhere) with three 100 x 75 x 3mmstainless steel butt hinges screwed on with stainless steelscrews and additional studding, trimming, etc and glazed withType D1 glazing (Ironmongery measured separately in thisMetalwork trade) (S236 and S237) No 2

TURNSTILES

"Alltech" stainless steel electrically operated turnstilescomplete with toughened glass panels, controls, etc, fixedin aluminium shopfront, all in accordance with themanufacturer's instructions

579 Full height turnstile suitable for opening 2000 x 2125mm highwith electrical bi-directional control (S302,S303) No 2

IRONMONGERY TO ALUMINIUM SHOPFRONTS(PROVISIONAL)

Levels 0, 1 and 2

PREAMBLES

For preambles refer to "Ironmongery Bill"

Where applicable the manufacturers' names or productcatalogue titles are given in the items. "Ironmongery set" refersto "Assa Abloy" schedules but could also be similar andapproved by the principal agent

DOOR CLOSERS

"Assa Abloy"


Ironmongery set AC






- 1 2 4 -


April 2016

Ironmongery set AD

585 5213BTSS : 350mm Pull handle bolt thru Pairs 1




Ironmongery set AO

589 Besam BI parting unislide automatic operator No 2

Ironmongery set AP/1

590 DC477HO : CAM action FS EN2-4 HO No 12






596 SP (29) AL : Flushbolt by aluminium door Manufacturer No 12

Ironmongery set AR







Ironmongery set AS

603 DC477DAHO : CAM action FS EN2-4 DA HO No 6



- 1 2 5 -


April 2016





EPOXY POWDER COATED ALUMINIUM LOUVRE UNITS(PROVISIONAL)

Door louvre units with colour to match shopfrontaluminium frames, fixed into opening in timber doors(Provisional)

609 Door louvre unit 600 x 450mm high No 6

Louvre units with colour to match existing exterioraluminium frames, formed of Y-profile type as per"Hulamin" specifications, fixed into existing openings

610 Louvre unit 1000 x 600mm high No 1


- 1 2 6 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 10

METALWORK

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R



















Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 10METALWORK

- 1 2 7 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 11

PLASTERING

PREAMBLES


SCREEDS

Screeds on concrete

611 25mm Thick on existing floors (Provisional) m² 97

612 25mm Thick on floors on staircase infill m² 39

Screeds wood floated on concrete

613 Average 70mm thick on floors to falls and currents m² 97

GRANOLITHIC

Untinted granolithic, on concrete

614 20mm Thick on floors and landings m² 13

INTERNAL PLASTER

Two coat plaster with gypsum finish on brickwork

615 On walls m² 1,402

616 On narrow widths (Provisional) m² 86

INTERNAL PLASTER ON EXISTING BRICK WALLS

Two coat plaster with gypsum finish on brickwork

617 On face brick walls m² 330

618 On narrow widths m² 7

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 11PLASTERING

- 1 2 8 -


April 2016

Skim coat plaster with gypsum finish on existing plasteredwalls

619 On plastered walls m² 2,979

620 On circular columns m² 170

CORNER PROTECTORS, DIVIDING STRIPS, ETC

621 30 x 3mm Flat section brass dividing strips between differentfloor finishes (Provisional) m 6

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 11PLASTERING

- 1 2 9 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 11

PLASTERING

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R



Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 11PLASTERING

- 1 3 0 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 12

TILING

PREAMBLES



Fixing

Unless described as "fixed with adhesive to plaster (plasterelsewhere)" descriptions of tiling on brick or concrete walls,columns, etc shall be deemed to include 1:4 cement plasterbacking and descriptions of tiling on concrete floors etc shall bedeemed to include 1:3 plaster bedding

Tiling described as "fixed with adhesive on power floatedconcrete" shall be deemed to include for approved tilingkey-coat

Ceramic, porcelain, marble and granite tiles are to be fixed andgrouted with suitable adhesives and grouts from the "BuchtalTile Adhesives" range of products as recommended by themanufacturer of the tiles

WALL TILING

150 x 300 x 6,5mm Buchtal Plural Plus 1, Silky matt, LightWhite, (Code 130-1530H) wall tiles fixed with adhesive toplaster (plaster elsewhere) and flush pointed with 3mmwaterproof grout tinted to match tiles

622 On walls m² 277

623 On existing walls including necessary preparation m² 73

624 On narrow widths m² 1


Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 12TILING

- 1 3 1 -


April 2016

150 x 300 x 6,5mm Buchtal Plural Plus 1, Silky matt, DeepAnthracite, (Code 130-1504H) wall tiles fixed with adhesiveto plaster (plaster elsewhere) and flush pointed with 3mmwaterproof grout tinted to match tiles

626 On walls m² 100

627 On existing walls including necessary preparation m² 29


48 x 48mm Douglas Jones porcelain mosaic wall tiles,White, (Code: 549), (Cost price R1000,00/m2 delivered onsite (net) excluding VAT), tiles fixed with approvedadhesive to plaster (plaster elsewhere) and flush pointedwith tinted waterproof jointing compound

629 On walls in isolated panels, splashbacks, etc (Provisional) m² 14

48 x 48mm Douglas Jones porcelain mosaic wall tiles,White, (Code: 549), (Cost price R1000,00/m2 delivered onsite (net) excluding VAT), tiles fixed with approvedadhesive to plaster (plaster elsewhere) and flush pointedwith tinted waterproof jointing compound

630 On partition walls in isolated panels, splashbacks, etc(Provisional) m² 12


"Kirk" stainless steel edge trims, skirtings, nosings, etc

632 "Code SSE120" edge strip fixed to edge of wall tiling m 55

FLOOR TILING

300 x 300 x 10,5mm Buchtal Plural Plus 3 Agrob Mid GreyMicro R10/A (Code 344-3600) floor tiles fixed with adhesiveto screed (screed elsewhere) and flush pointed with tintedwaterproof jointing compound to match tiles

633 On floors m² 213



- 1 3 2 -


April 2016

102 x 150 x 9mm Agrob Buchtal Mid Grey Plural Plus 3skirting tiles (Code 430-3601 & 436-3601) fixed withadhesive to plastered walls (plaster elsewhere) and flushpointed with tinted waterproof jointing compound, all asper the Manufacturers specifications

635 Coved skirting tiles to walls m 238

636 Attic stock: Deliver to the stores of the Client attic stock inclearly labelled and strapped boxes (Provisional) m 2

"CAESERSTONE" QUARTZ VANITY SLABS

20mm Thick "Caeserstone Quartz 9141 Ice Snow Classico"polished quarts vanity slabs, splashbacks, front panels,etc, including holes for taps and fixing, smooth andchamfered edges to all exposed surfaces, clear silicon atall junctions, set up complete and fixed to steel brackets(steel brackets elsewhere)

637 Vanity slab 600mm wide x 1800mm long with 200mm widefascia to front and one side and 150mm splashback to backand one side including two cut outs for wash hand basins andspouts (elsewhere measured) No 2




- 1 3 3 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 12

TILING

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R




Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 12TILING

- 1 3 4 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 13

PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE (PROVISIONAL)

PREAMBLES



Stainless steel basins, sinks, wash troughs, urinals, etc

Stainless steel for economy basins, domestic sinks andworktops shall be Type 430 (17/0)

Stainless steel for urinals, basins, quality sinks, wash troughs,institutional equipment, etc shall be Type 304 (18/8)

Stainless steel for laboratory sinks, photographic equipment,etc shall be Type 316 (18/8)

Units shall have standard aprons on all exposed edges andtiling keys against walls where applicable

Sealing of edges

Outer edges of sinks, basins, baths, urinals, etc are to besealed against adjacent surfaces with approved silicone

uPVC pipes and fittings

Sewer and drainage pipes and fittings shall be jointed andsealed with butyl rubber rings

Soil, waste and vent pipes and fittings shall be solvent weldjointed or sealed with butyl rubber rings

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 13PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE (PROVISIONAL)

- 1 3 5 -


April 2016

uPVC pressure pipes and fittings

Pipes of 50mm diameter and smaller shall be plain ended withsolvent welded uPVC loose sockets and fittings

Pipes of 63mm diameter and greater shall have sockets andspigots with push-in type integral rubber ring joints. Bends shallbe uPVC and all other fittings shall be cast iron, all with similarpush-in type joints

High density polyethylene (HDPe) pipes and fittings

Pipes shall be type IV and of the class specified with "Plasson"or "Alprene" compression fittings

"Polycop" polypropylene pipes

Polypropylene pipes 54mm diameter and smaller shall beseamless copper coloured Class 16 pipes jointed with"Fast-fuse" heat welded thermoplastic or where so described"Polylock" compression fittings

Pipes shall be firmly fixed to walls, etc with coloured nylonsnap-in pipe clips with provision for accommodating thermalmovement and jointed and fixed strictly in accordance with themanufacturer's instructions

Copper pipes

Pipes shall be hard drawn and half-hard "Maksal" pipes of theclass described. Class 0 (thin walled hard drawn) pipes shallnot be bent. Class 1 (thin walled half-hard), Class 2 (half-hard)and Class 3 (heavy walled half-hard) pipes shall only be bentwith benders with inner and outer formers. Fittings to copperwaste, vent and anti-syphon pipes, capillary solder fittings andcompression fittings shall be "Cobra Watertech" type. Capillarysolder fittings shall comply with ISO 2016

Copper pipes are to be installed in accordance with the latestrevision of the Code of Practice for Copper Plumbing solderingtechniques. Flux, solder, etc to be strictly in accordance withthe manufacturer's requirements with special attention tocopper flux composition


- 1 3 6 -


April 2016

Reducing fittings

Where fittings have reducing ends or branches they aredescribed as "reducing" and only the largest end or branch sizeis given. Should the contractor wish to use other fittings andbushes or reducers he may do so on the understanding that noclaim in this regard will be entertained

Fixing of pipes

Unless specifically otherwise stated, descriptions of pipes shallbe deemed to include fixing to walls, etc, casting in, building inor suspending not exceeding 1m below suspension level

Paper wrapping to pipes

Pipes chased into brickwork must be wrapped with two layersof stout brown paper tied with wire. Rates are to include forwrapping around joints and fittings

Disinfection of water pipework

Water pipework is to be disinfected at completion inaccordance with SABS 1200L (provision for disinfectionelsewhere)

"Densyl" petrolatum anti-corrosion tape as manufacturedby Denso SA (Pty) Ltd

Pipes to be taped shall be coated with the appropriate primerand the tape shall be applied in the appropriate widths and with?% overlaps

Couplings and fittings to pipes shall be taped in strictaccordance with the manufacturer's instructions includingmastic, tape, "Layflat" sheeting, securing of same, etc

Prices for wrapping of pipes shall include for all work asdescribed to couplings in the length

Laying, backfilling, bedding, etc of pipes

Pipes shall be laid and bedded in accordance withmanufacturers' instructions and trenches shall be carefullybackfilled


- 1 3 7 -


April 2016

Where no manufacturers' instructions exist, pipes shall be laidin accordance with Clauses 5.1 and 5.2 of each of the following:

SABS 1200L : Medium-pressure pipelinesSABS 1200LD: SewersSABS 1200LE: Stormwater drainage

Pipe trenches, etc shall be backfilled in accordance withClauses 3, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7 and 7 of SABS 1200DB : Earthworks(Pipe trenches)

Pipes shall be bedded in accordance with Clauses 3.1 to 3.4.1,5.1 to 5.3 and 7 of SABS 1200LB : Bedding (Pipes)

Unless otherwise described bedding of rigid pipes shall beClass B bedding

Excavations

No claim for rock excavation will be entertained unless thecontractor has timeously notified the quantity surveyor thereofprior to backfilling

"Soft rock" and "hard rock" shall be as defined in "Earthworks"

General

Descriptions of cast iron roof outlets shall be deemed to includejoints to pipes and casting into concrete (adaptors for joints toPVC pipes, etc are given separately)

Descriptions of overflow pipes where measured in number,shall be deemed to include joints to cisterns and splay cut ends

Descriptions of pipes laid in and including trenches and ofinspection chambers, catchpits, etc shall be deemed to includeexcavation, bedding, backfilling, compaction to a minimum of98% Mod AASHTO density and disposal of surplus material onsite

Descriptions of service pipes and flexible connecting pipes shallbe deemed to include connections to taps, cisterns, etc and tosteel pipes (adaptors for connections to copper pipes, etc aregiven separately)

Descriptions of WC pans, slop hoppers, etc shall be deemed toinclude for joints to soil pipes (pan connectors are separatelymeasured)


- 1 3 8 -


April 2016

Descriptions of waste unions shall be deemed to include rubberor vulcanite plugs and chains fixed to fittings

As-built drawings

Where required, the contractor shall prepare an updated set ofas-built drawings. At completion of the contract the contractorshall hand these drawings to the principal agent for reproducingonto the originals for handing over to the employer (provisionfor allowance of as-built drawings elsewhere)

SANITARY FITTINGS

Stainless steel

640 "Franke Quinline" stainless steel double bowl sink (codeQLX622) size 1500 x 500mm wide including plugs and chainsand fixed into cupboard (cupboard elsewhere) including sealingbetween wall tiles and sink with white anti fungal silicone sealer No 2

641 "Franke DF" free standing pedestal type brushed steel drinkingfountain No 6

"Vaal"

642 "Vaal Lotus" white vitreous china rounded wash hand basin size635 x 485mm with one taphole (code 7026), integral overflow,chainstay hole with chain and plug, fixed to wall with Universalhalf pedestal and hanger mechanism (code 715221), includingsealing between wall tiles and basin with white anti fungalsilicone sealer No 2

643 "Vaal President" white vitreous china rounded underslung vanitybasin (code 7039) size 580 x 410mm with one taphole (code7026), integral overflow, chainstay hole with chain and plug,fixed to vanity slab with hanger brackets (code 8125Z0),including sealing between vanity slab and basin with white antifungal silicone sealer No 20

644 "Vaal Entice 90°" white vitreous china closed rim back-to-wallwash-down pan (code 431800) and floor brackets, with 6/3 litre"Grohe 120" concealed duct cistern (code 8962Z000), "Skate"dual flush waste closet actuator plate with chrome finish (code89633000) and quality thermoset soft-close double flapthermoset seat (code 8531Z0) No 20


- 1 3 9 -


April 2016

645 "Vaal Pearl Paraplegic" white vitreous china semi-closedcoupled 90° outlet open rim wash-down pan and matching 9litre cistern complete with lid, fitments and purpose madechromium plated side-flush lever (code 7300SC) includingquality thermoset soft-close double flap thermoset seat (code8531Z0) No 2

646 "Vaal Malaga" white vitreous china back inlet electronic wallhung urinal with integrated sensor (code 512744 IV) including38mm chromium plated domical grating, spreader, hangerbrackets and fixing complete, including sealing between walltiles and urinal with white anti fungal silicone sealer No 10

CHROMIUM PLATED WASTE UNIONS, ETC

647 32mm Basin waste union No 22

648 38mm Bath or sink waste union No 4

TRAPS ETC

"Marley"

649 32mm Deep seal "P" or "S" trap No 1

650 38mm Flexi mini "P" or "S" urinal trap No 10

651 38 x 300mm Sink combination for double bowl with deep seal"P" trap No 2

"Herbish"

652 "Herbish HB 125V" stainless steel full flow floor drain No 29

"Cobra Watertech"

653 32mm - 345/40 CP bottle trap No 22

TAPS, VALVES, ETC

"Cobra Watertech"

654 22mm Fullway gate valve No 18




- 1 4 0 -


April 2016

657 15mm "Cobra" CP angle regulating valve (Code 832/350F) with350mm flexible coupling pipe No 40

658 22mm "Cobra Noka" single lever sink mixer with aerated swiveloutlet (Code NA-970) No 2

659 22mm Bibcock with hose union No 1

660 15mm "Cobra" disabled single taphole elbow action pillar tapwith aerator (Code 505-21B) No 2

661 15mm "Cobra Noka' single lever basin mixer (Code NA 951 LH)No 20

662 PA1.1RB "Kwikflo" 400 kPa pressure reducing valve No 2

663 PB1.10RB vacuum breaker No 2

664 22mm Non return valve No 2

SANITARY PLUMBING

uPVC pipes

665 50mm Pipes m 160

666 75mm Pipes m 47

667 110mm Pipes m 170

Extra over uPVC pipes for fittings

668 50mm Bend No 12

669 110mm Bend No 16

670 50mm Access bend No 32



673 50mm Junction No 15

674 50mm Access junction No 30




- 1 4 1 -


April 2016

677 110 x 50mm access reducing junction No 17

678 75 x 50mm Reducer No 1

679 110 x 50mm Reducer No 1

680 50mm Two-way vent valve No 6

681 110mm Two-way vent valve No 1

682 110mm Pan connector No 22

683 110mm Cast iron "ABC" cleaning eye No 8

Sundries

684 Cutting into existing 110mm vent piping in duct for new 50mmconnection, including all fittings No 4.00

685 Cutting into existing 110mm sanitary piping in duct for new75mm connection, including all fittings No 3.00

686 Cutting into existing 110mm vent piping in duct for new 110mmconnection, including all fittings No 2.00




Testing

690 Testing waste pipe system Item

WATER SUPPLIES

Class "O" copper pipes

691 15mm Pipes m 48

692 22mm Pipes m 116

693 28mm Pipes m 18

694 54mm Pipes m 12


- 1 4 2 -


April 2016

695 15mm Pipes chased into brick walls m 170

696 22mm Pipes chased into brick walls m 11

Extra over class "O" copper pipes for capillary fittings

697 15mm Fittings No 106



700 54mm Elbow No 4

701 54mm Tee No 1

702 54mm Reducing tee No 1

Sundries

703 Cutting into existing 54mm water piping in duct and connect22mm copper piping including all fittings No 2.00



Disinfecting

706 Disinfecting water pipe and tank system with chloride and watermixture Item

Testing

707 Testing water pipe system Item

ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

Kwikot Geysers

708 250 Litre "Kwikot" Dual 600 in round horizontal geyser includinggalvanized drip tray suspended with angle iron steel hangersfrom concrete soffit and including 40mm outlet, discharge intometallic trap and connected to waste pipe system No 2


- 1 4 3 -


April 2016

FIRE APPLIANCES, ETC

709 "Everyway" hose reel complete with 30m plastic hose,chromium plated stopcock, shut-off nozzle and wall bracket andjoint to existing or new fire water installation including all fittings No 15

710 9kg Dry chemical fire extinguisher, including painted timberbackboard No 30

WATER SUPPLIES TO FIRE APPLIANCES

Galvanised steel pipes

711 25mm Pipes m 58

712 32mm Pipes m 16

713 75mm Pipes m 90

714 100mm Pipes m 8

Extra over galvanised steel pipes for steel fittings

715 25mm Fitting No 24

716 100mm Plug No 2

717 100mm Bush No 1

718 32mm Reducer No 6

719 32mm Elbow No 13



722 75mm Tee No 3

723 100mm Tee No 3

724 32mm Union No 6

725 75mm Union No 3

726 100mm Union No 3

727 32mm Longscrew No 8


- 1 4 4 -


April 2016



Testing

730 Testing fire water pipe system Item

HOLES, ETC

Core drilling

Note:

For core drilling see Section 2, Bill no. 1, Alterations

AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

731 Provision of as-built drawings Item


- 1 4 5 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 13

PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE (PROVISIONAL)

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R












Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 13PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE (PROVISIONAL)

- 1 4 6 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 14

GLAZING

PREAMBLES



Float glass

The term "float glass" is used for monolithic annealed glass

Laminated glass

Laminated glass to have polyvinyl butyral (PVB) interlayer(s)

MIRRORS

10,38mm Silver float mirror laminated to a 5mm clear floatglass with 5 x 15mm bevelled and polished edges, fixedwith and including 15 x 30mm aluminium angle sectionframe all round with mitred corners, screwed to wall andfinished with structural silicon between wall tiles andaluminium frame all round

732 Mirror including frame, size 350 x 750mm high No 20

733 Mirror including frame, size 350 x 900mm high No 2

GRAPHICS ON GLAZING

Graphics on glazing are referenced by means of code types inaccordance with "Gin & Chocolate" catalogue as follows:

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 14GLAZING

- 1 4 7 -


April 2016

TYPE SPECIFICATION

V3 Custom Design & Print: TreesV4 Custom Design & Print: Wheat FieldsV5 Custom Design & Print: BeatsV6.1 Custom Design & Print: Mechanical GearsV6.2 Custom Design & Print: Mechanical GearsV7 Custom Design & Print: NatureV8 Custom Design & Print: Single WordV9 Custom Design & Print: TextV10.2 Custom Design & Print: City ScapeV10.3 Custom Design & Print: Power Station

ON SHOPFRONTS AND DOORS (PROVISIONAL)

Graphics on vinyl film in seamless application in singlewidths and lengths to glazing in aluminium framing, of

Ground, First and Second Floor (Refer to Architecturaldrawing no. 486.140 and 146)

734 Type V2 graphics on various panes as elevation no. S219 m² 20

735 Type V3 graphics on various panes as elevation no. S101,S109, S234, S239, S301, S309, and S317 m² 159




Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 14GLAZING

- 1 4 8 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 14

GLAZING

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R



Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 14GLAZING

- 1 4 9 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 15

PAINTWORK

PREAMBLES



PREPARATORY WORK TO EXISTING WORK

Previously painted plastered surfaces

Surfaces shall be thoroughly washed down and allowed to drycompletely before any paint is applied. Blistered or peeling paintshall be completely removed and cracks shall be opened, filledwith a suitable filler and finished smooth

Previously painted metal surfaces

Surfaces shall be thoroughly rubbed and cleaned down.Blistered or peeling paint shall be completely removed down tobare metal

Previously painted wood surfaces

Surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned down. Blistered orpeeling paint shall be completely removed and cracks andcrevices shall be primed, filled with suitable filler and finishedsmooth

Painting to walls, columns, etc in confined spaces

Where paintwork is measured in areas with shelving,cupboards, etc, the Contractor must allow in his pricing to workin confined spaces with limited access, protection of shelvingagainst dust, paint drips, staining, etc

PAINT SPECIFICATIONS

All painting shall be done in accordance with "Dulux"specifications unless otherwise described

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 15PAINTWORK

- 1 5 0 -


April 2016

COLOURS

Unless otherwise described all paintwork shall be deemed tohave a colour value in excess of 7 on the Munsell system inaccordance with SANS 1091

PAINTWORK, ETC TO NEW WORK ON

ON INTERNAL FLOATED PLASTER SURFACES

One coat alkali resistant plaster primer and two coatsDulux 100 Low sheen" acrylic emulsion paint (pigmentedto a light and dark colour) on

739 Walls m² 851

ON BAGGED SURFACES

One coat alkali resistant plaster primer and two coats"Dulux 100 Low sheen" acrylic emulsion paint on

740 Internal bagged walls m² 116

ON PLASTERBOARD SURFACES

One coat "Dulux Trade" alkali resistant plaster primer andtwo coats "Dulux 100 Low sheen" acrylic emulsion paint(pigmented to a light and dark colour) on

741 Partition walls m² 179

One coat "Dulux Trade" alkali resistant plaster primer andtwo coats "Dulux Trade 65 matt PVA" emulsion paint(pigmented to a light colour) on plasterboard ceiling

742 Ceilings and bulkheads m² 892

ON METAL SURFACES

Spot priming defects in pre-painted surfaces with "DuluxTrade" steel primer, one coat "Dulux" universal undercoatand two coats "Dulux" high-gloss polyurethane non-dripenamel paint on steel

743 Door frames m² 77

744 Columns,beams, etc. m² 152

745 Balustrades (both sides measured) m² 66


- 1 5 1 -


April 2016

746 Rails, bars, pipes, etc not exceeding 300mm girth m 1,522

ON WOOD SURFACES

One coat "Dulux" wood primer, one coat "Dulux" universalundercoat and two coats "Dulux Pearlglo" eggshell enamelpaint on

747 Doors m² 225

Three coats "Dulux Woodguard Timbavarnish" for interioruse

748 On general surfaces of open slatted decorative wall panels m² 157

749 On general surfaces of solid decorative wall panels m² 31

PAINTWORK, ETC TO EXISTING WORK

ON INTERNAL FLOATED PLASTER SURFACES

Two coats "Dulux 100 Low sheen" acrylic emulsionpaint(pigmented to a light and dark colour) on

750 Walls m² 1,099

751 Columns adjoining other finishes m² 274

ON METAL SURFACES

Spot priming defects in pre-primed surfaces with "DuluxTrade" steel primer, one coat universal undercoat and twocoats "Dulux" non-drip high gloss enamel polyurethanepaint on steel in good condition

752 Door frames m² 32

ON WOOD SURFACES

Two coats "Dulux Pearlglo" eggshell enamel paint on

753 Doors m² 58


- 1 5 2 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 15

PAINTWORK

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R




Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 15PAINTWORK

- 1 5 3 -


April 2016


SECTION 2


BILL NO 16

PAPERHANGING (PROVISIONAL)

PREAMBLES



PREPARATORY WORK TO EXISTING WORK

Previously painted plastered surfaces

Surfaces shall be thoroughly washed down and allowed to drycompletely before any paperhanging is commenced. Blisteredor peeling paint shall be completely removed and cracks shallbe opened, filled with a suitable filler and finished smooth. Bareplaster surfaces shall be painted with a single coat of interiorquality PVA emulsion paint

Previously papered plastered surfaces

Existing wallpaper shall be completely removed and surfacesshall be thoroughly cleaned down. Cracks shall be opened,filled with a suitable filler and finished smooth. Bare plastersurfaces shall be painted with a single coat of interior qualityPVA emulsion paint

Type specifications

Type codes used in descriptions are in accordance with "Gin &Chocolate" catalogue

PAPERHANGING TO NEW WORK

TO NEW PLASTERED WALLS

754 Wall paper - type W 1 + W 2 - Textured - Light and Dark Grey(Allow cost price of R90.00/m² (net) excluding VAT) for materialonly delivered to site m² 155

Carried to Collection R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 16PAPERHANGING

- 1 5 4 -


April 2016

755 Wall paper - type W 3 + W 4 - Textured - Red and Green (Allowcost price of R110.00/m² (net) excluding VAT) for material onlydelivered to site m² 2

756 Wall paper - type W 10 - Printed - News print (Allow cost priceof R1,320.00/m² (net) excluding VAT) for material onlydelivered to site m² 20

TO NEW DRYWALLS

757 Wall paper - type W 1 + W 2 - Textured - Light and Dark Grey(Allow cost price of R90.00/m² (net) excluding VAT) for materialonly delivered to site m² 1,204



PAPERHANGING TO EXISTING WORK

TO EXISTING WALLS

760 Wall paper - type W 1 + W2 - Textured - Light and Dark Grey(Allow cost price of R90.00/m² (net) excluding VAT) for materialonly delivered to site m² 720


762 Wall paper - type W 6 - Printed - Mechanical gears (Allow costprice of R1320.00/m² (net) excluding VAT) for material onlydelivered to site m² 21

763 Wall paper - type W 7 - Printed - Nature - Greens (Allow costprice of R1,320.00/m² (net) excluding VAT) for material onlydelivered to site m² 5



- 1 5 5 -


April 2016

TO EXISTING COLUMNS

765 Wall paper - type W 1 + W2 - Textured - Light and Dark Grey -to circular columns (Allow cost price of R90.00/m² (net)excluding VAT) for material only delivered to site m² 13

ATTIC STOCK (PROVISIONAL)

766 Attic stock: Wall paper - type W 1 + W2 - Textured - Light andDark Grey: Deliver to the stores of the Client attic stock inclearly labelled and strapped rolls m² 22

767 Attic stock: Wall paper - type W3 + W 4 - Textured - Red andGreen: Deliver to the stores of the Client attic stock in clearlylabelled and strapped rolls m² 2

768 Attic stock: Wall paper - type W 6 - Printed - Mechanical gears :Deliver to the stores of the Client attic stock in clearly labelledand strapped rolls m² 0.2

769 Attic stock: Wall paper - type W 7 - Printed - Natue - Greens :Deliver to the stores of the Client attic stock in clearly labelledand strapped rolls m² 0.1

770 Attic stock: Wall paper - type W 10 - Printed - News print :Deliver to the stores of the Client attic stock in clearly labelledand strapped rolls m² 1


- 1 5 6 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


BILL NO 16

PAPERHANGING

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R




Carried Forward to Summary of Section R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARYBILL NO 16PAPERHANGING

- 1 5 7 -


April 2016

SECTION 2


SECTION SUMMARY - BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARY

Bill Page AmountNo No R

1 -54-ALTERATIONS (PROVISIONAL)

2 -57-CONCRETE, FORMWORK AND REINFORCEMENT

3 -61-MASONRY

4 -62-WATERPROOFING

5 -70-CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

6 -85-CEILINGS, PARTITIONS AND ACCESS FLOORING

7 -89-FLOOR COVERINGS, WALL LININGS, ETC

8 -105-IRONMONGERY

9 -108-STRUCTURAL STEELWORK

10 -127-METALWORK

11 -130-PLASTERING

12 -134-TILING

13 -146-PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE (PROVISIONAL)

14 -149-GLAZING

15 -153-PAINTWORK

16 -157-PAPERHANGING

Carried to Final Summary R BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARY

- 1 5 8 -


April 2016


SECTION 3

FURNITURE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENT

BILL NO 1

JOINERY - FIXED

PREAMBLES


DESCRIPTIONS

The contractor is referred to the previous Section and thesuccessive Bills in this Section for preambles and fulldescriptions of materials and items described in this Bill, whichwill apply equally to the work in this Bill unless otherwisedescribed


Finishes

The contractor is referred to the Architectural finishing schedule for full descriptions of finishes. Where items in the bills ofquantities refer to a drawing/s for detailed information forpricing purposes, these schedules will also need to be crossreferenced to the drawings listed above for the description ofthe finishes.

General

The following cupboard fittings have been given as completeunits i.e. the components of the units have not been givenseparately. Descriptions of such units shall, therefore, bedeemed to include all components, assembling, housing,notching, glueing, blocking, planting on and screwing withcountersunk screws, edge strips, melamine and thermosettingplastic laminate, glass, ironmongery, metalwork, paint orvarnish finishes, etc

Prices are to include for all necessary filler pieces against wallsetc

Carried to Collection R FURNITURE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENTBILL NO 1JOINERY - FIXED

- 1 5 9 -


April 2016

References

References given in descriptions refer to the respective types offittings detailed on the Architect's drawing(s) annexed to thesebills of quantities

KITCHEN CUPBOARDS

30mm "Ceaserstone" Quartz stone counter tops and 22 x100mm high splashbacks fixed to and includingpre-painted steel bearers and legs, bolted to floors

1 Range of floor cupboards size 4892 x 660 x 900mm highoverall, with 660mm wide continuous top, air vents, splashbackalong back and both sides, cupboard bin, cut-out for doublesink, two single and two double hinged doors and two fourdrawer units (sink elsewhere) (Drawing 486.901.5K) No 1

2 Range of floor cupboards size 5033 x 660 x 900mm highoverall, with 660mm wide continuous top, air vents, splashbackalong back and both sides, cupboard bin, cut-out for doublesink, two single and two double hinged doors and two fourdrawer units (sink elsewhere) (Drawing 486.901.5K) No 1

TABLES, COUNTERS, DESKS, CUPBOARDS, SERVERIES,ETC

3 Boxed shaped reception counter divider size 140 x 1540 x1600mm high consisting of pre-painted steel framework boltedto floors and 16mm interior grade particleboard with Melaminefinish including matching 3mm PVC flat edge strips to allexposed edges between reception counters (Drawing486.902.13S) No 6

4 Boxed shaped reception counter divider size 140 x 2600 x1200mm high consisting of pre-painted steel framework boltedto floors and 16mm interior grade particleboard with Melaminefinish including matching 3mm PVC flat edge strips to allexposed edges between reception counters (Drawing486.901.17S) No 3


- 1 6 0 -


April 2016

5 Lectern 1800 x 750 x 1160mm high overall in two equalsections one with 32mm "Ceaserstone" Quartz stone flatcounter top and one with 32mm "Ceaserstone" Quartz stoneslanted counter top consisting of pre-painted steel structure,16mm and 32mm interior grade particleboard with 0,6mm highpressure laminate veneer including 3mm approved matchinghardwood edge strips on all exposed edges to tops, sides,bottoms, skirtings, divisions, backs, doors, adjustable shelves,etc, 40 x 30mm timber veneer slats to front, lockable cupboardwith double door. Equipped with 80mm diameter grommetholes, "Rehau" grommet hole covers and caps, "Roco"standard extractable power outlet (Drawing 486.901.14S) No 2

6 Inverted U-shaped vending machine box frame structure with140 x 1000 x 3520mm long horizontal top and two 140 x 1000 x2000mm high vertical legs, consisting of pre-painted steelframework and legs, bolted to floors, 16mm interior gradeparticleboard with Melamine finish including matching 3mmPVC flat edge strips to all exposed edges to sides, bottoms,divisions, backs, etc with openings for light fittings, fixed towalls and concrete columns (Drawing 486.901.21S) No 1

Sorting shelves or worktops consisting of pre-paintedsteel bearers and legs, bolted to floors, 32mm interiorgrade particleboard with 0,6mm high pressure laminateveneer including 40mm hardwood edge strips to allexposed edges in worktop and 20 x 100mm highsplashbacks with 3mm PVC flat edge strips to all exposededges

7 700mm Wide worktop 2483mm long and 760mm above floorlevel with splashback along back and both sides (Drawing486.902.5S) No 2

8 Sorting shelf size 1596 x 416 x 1988mm high overall withsplashback along back (Drawing 486.901.12S; 486.902.9S) No 10

9 700mm Wide worktop 7636mm long and 760mm above floorlevel with splashback along back and one side (Drawing486.902.9S) No 1


- 1 6 1 -


April 2016

Sorting desk or work top of 32mm interior gradeparticleboard with 0,6mm high pressure laminate veneerincluding 40mm hardwood edge strips to all exposededges and 20 x 100mm high splashbacks with matching3mm PVC flat edge strips to all exposed edges fixed to andincluding pre-painted steel bearers and legs, bolted tofloors. Cupboards, etc of 16mm interior gradeparticleboard with Melamine finish including matching3mm PVC flat edge strips to all exposed edges in sides,bottoms, skirtings, divisions, backs, doors and 22mmadjustable shelves. Equipped with "Rehau" power trunkingset, fixed to underside of worktop, 80mm diametergrommet holes, "Rehau" grommet hole covers and capsand "Roco" standard extractable power outlet

10 Security station worktop size 2489 x 700 x 760mm high abovefloor level with splashback along back and both sides with twopedestals (Drawing 486.901.8S) No 1

11 Sorting desk worktop size 2686 x 700 x 760mm high abovefloor level with splashback along back and both sides with onepedestal (Drawing 486.902.9S) No 1

12 Sorting counter size 2800 x 700 x 760mm high above floor levelwith splashback along back and one side (Drawing 486.902.9S) No 3

13 Sorting counter size 2800 x 850 x 760mm high overall, withsplashback along back and one side (Drawing 486.902.9S) No 1

14 Sorting counter size 2800 x 850 x 760mm high overall, with a900 x 188mm cut-out with splashback along back and cut-outon one side (Drawing 486.902.9S) No 2

15 Sorting desk worktop size 3050 x 700 x 760mm high abovefloor level with splashback along back and one side with onepedestal (Drawing 486.902.9S) No 2

16 Map reading table size 4500 x 950 x 100mm high above floorlevel with splashback along back and one side with bottom andone shelf (Drawing 486.901.6.1S) No 1

17 L-shaped sorting desk top size 2686 x 700 x 760mm high onfirst leg and 832 x 700 x 760mm high second leg with onepedestal (Drawing 486.901.13S) No 1

18 L-shaped sorting desk top size 2686 x 700 x 760mm high onfirst leg and 1632 x 700 x 760mm high second leg with onepedestal and one credenza (Drawing 486.901.13S) No 1


- 1 6 2 -


April 2016

19 Square shaped workstation 760mm above floor level aroundcolumn size 900 x 900mm consisting of 600mm wide top,8400mm extreme girth, with splashback around column(Drawing 486.902.14S) No 2

Self-help station consisting of pre-painted steel frameworkand legs bolted to floor, 32mm "Ceaserstone" Quartz stonetops, 16mm interior grade particleboard with Melaminefinish including matching 3mm PVC flat edge strips to allexposed edges in sides, bottoms, divisions, backs,skirtings, bulkheads, etc., 6,38mm laminated safety glassside and back panel; the modesty panel with openings forplug, data and network points and the bulkhead withopening for approved fluorescent light fitting, includingfully upholstered "Kembo" chair(s) in C.O.M fabric (0,6mfabric @ R 250/m excluding VAT) on pivot arm withdouble-swing memory return mechanism (Supplier ofchairs - "Rodlin")

20 Single self-help station size 1400 x 650 x 2200mm high overallincluding one pivot chair (Drawing 486.901.2S) No 2

21 Single self-help station size 1400 x 650 x 2200mm high overallincluding two pivot chairs (Drawing 486.901.2S) No 2

Classroom desk and seater combination consisting ofpre-painted steel framework and legs, bolted to floors,32mm interior grade particleboard with 0,6mm highpressure laminate veneer including 40mm hardwood edgestrips to all exposed edges in worktop, 16mm interiorgrade particleboard with Melamine finish both sidesincluding matching 3mm PVC flat edge strips to allexposed edges in sides, bottoms, skirtings, divisions, lightboxes, backs, etc. with opening for approved LED lightfitting in light box. The whole equipped with fullyupholstered "Kembo" chair(s) in C.O.M fabric (0,6m fabric@ R 250/m excluding VAT) on pivot arm with double swingmemory return mechanism (Supplier of chairs - "Rodlin")

22 Class room disabled desk size 2100 x 600 x 1010mm highoverall including no pivot chairs (Drawing 486.901.15S) No 2

23 Class room three chair and desk combination size 2250 x 600 x1010mm high including three pivot chairs (Drawing486.901.14S) No 20


- 1 6 3 -


April 2016

Study desk worktop of 32mm interior grade particleboardwith 0,6mm high pressure laminate veneer including 40mmhardwood edge strips to all exposed edges fixed to andincluding pre-painted steel bearers and legs, bolted tofloors. Equipped with 80mm diameter grommet holes,"Rehau" grommet hole covers and caps and "Roco"standard extractable power outlet

24 700mm Wide worktop 3619mm long and 760mm above floorlevel with splashback along back and both sides (Drawing486.902.6S) No 1

Study desk or worktop of 32mm interior gradeparticleboard with 0,6mm high pressure laminate veneerincluding 40mm hardwood edge strips to all exposededges and 20 x 100mm high splashbacks with matching3mm PVC flat edge strips to all exposed edges fixed to andincluding pre-painted steel bearers and legs, bolted tofloors equipped with 80mm diameter grommet holes,"Rehau" grommet hole covers and caps, "Roco" standardextractable power outlet including fully upholstered"Kembo" chair(s) in C.O.M fabric (0,6m fabric @ R 250/mexcluding VAT) on pivot arm with double swing memoryreturn mechanism (Supplier of chairs - "Rodlin")

25 558mm to 736mm Wide study desk top 1326mm long and760mm above floor level with splashback along back and bothsides including one pivot chair (Drawing 486.901.6.1S) No 1



28 590mm Wide study desk top 1490mm long and 760mm abovefloor level with splashback along back and both sides includingone pivot chair (Drawing 486.901.6.1S) No 1




- 1 6 4 -


April 2016



33 650mm Wide study desk top 1135mm long and 760mm abovefloor level with splashback along back and both sides includingone pivot chair (Drawing 486.901.1S) No 2

34 650mm Wide study desk top 1389mm long (extreme) and760mm above floor level with one splayed end and splashbackalong back and both sides including one pivot chair (Drawing486.901.1S) No 2





39 650mm Wide study desk top 1811mm girth (extreme) and760mm above floor level with two splayed ends and splashbackalong back and both sides including one pivot chair (Drawing486.901.6.1S) No 1


41 650mm Wide study desk top 2316mm long (extreme) and760mm above floor level with one splayed end and splashbackalong back and both sides including one pivot chair (Drawing486.901.6.1S) No 1


- 1 6 5 -


April 2016




45 700mm Wide worktop 1748mm long and 760mm above floorlevel with splashback along back and one side including onepivot chair (Drawing 486.902.6S) No 2

46 700mm Wide worktop 2150mm long and 760mm above floorlevel with splashback along back including two pivot chairs(Drawing 486.902.5S) No 3

47 700mm Wide worktop 2150mm long and 760mm above floorlevel with splashback along back and one side including twopivot chairs (Drawing 486.902.5S) No 2

48 700mm Wide worktop 3300mm long and 760mm above floorlevel with splashback along back including one pivot chair(Drawing 486.901.7S;486.902.5S) No 4


50 700mm Wide worktop 3300mm long and 760mm above floorlevel with splashback along back and one side including twopivot chairs (Drawing 486.902.5S) No 4


52 700mm Wide worktop 3496mm long and 760mm above floorlevel with splashback along back including two pivot chairs(Drawing 486.902.6S and 486.902.7S) No 2


- 1 6 6 -


April 2016

Reading room station consisting of pre-painted steelsection framework and legs, bolted to floors including32mm interior grade particleboard with 0,6mm highpressure laminate veneer including 40mm hardwood edgestrips to all exposed edges, 16mm interior gradeparticleboard with Melamine finish including matching3mm PVC flat edge strips to all exposed edges to lightboxes, sides, etc with opening for approved LED lightfitting in light box including 600mm high timber slattedacoustic screens and 6,38mm thick laminated safety glassdivisions, 600mm high. Equipped with "Kela" cable tidyset, fixed to underside of worktop, 80mm diametergrommet holes, "Rehau" grommet hole covers and capsincluding fully upholstered "Kembo" chair(s) in C.O.Mfabric (0,6m fabric @ R 250/m excluding VAT) on pivot armwith double swing memory return mechanism (Supplier ofchairs - "Rodlin")

53 Four seater reading room station with circular table to 1050mmradius, 760mm above floor level including four pivot chairs(Drawing 486.912.1) No 8

54 Eight seater reading room station with table size 4090 x2100mm overall with two semi-circular ends to 1050mm radius,760mm above floor level including eight pivot chairs (Drawing486.912.2) No 10

55 Ten seater reading room station with table size 5110 x 2100mmoverall with two semi-circular ends to 1050mm radius, 760mmabove floor level including ten pivot chairs (Drawing 486.912.3) No 8


- 1 6 7 -


April 2016

Counters consisting of 32mm "Ceaserstone" Quartz stoneworktops, raised tops and bag shelves and 22 x 100mmhigh splashbacks fixed to and including pre-painted steelframework and legs, bolted to floors, 8mm laminatedsafety glass with vinyl and 32mm interior gradeparticleboard with Melamine finish in counter faces, sides,skirtings, etc including 3mm PVC flat edge strips to allexposed edges. Cupboards, etc of 16mm interior gradeparticleboard with Melamine finish including matching3mm PVC flat edge strips to all exposed edges in sides,bottoms, skirtings, divisions, backs, doors, and 22mmadjustable shelves. Equipped with "Rehau" power trunkingset, fixed to underside of worktop, 80mm diametergrommet holes with "Rehau" grommet hole covers andcaps and "Powerlogic" standard power outlet and USBport

56 Irregular U-shaped jam station counter 1944mm extreme x 900x 760mm high on one leg, 3385 x 900 x 760mm high on secondleg with 1355 x 750 x 1100mm high boxed out section with32mm high pressure laminate board top including 40mmhardwood edging to all exposed edges and 1800 x 600 x760mm high on third leg with one credenza and one pedestal(Drawing 486.901.18S) No 1

57 Reception counter 2490mm (minimum) and 2737mm (extreme)x 900 x 1100mm high overall with one pedestal (Drawing486.901.17S) No 1

58 Reception counter 2639 x 900 x 1100mm high overall with onepedestal (Drawing 486.901.17S) No 1



61 Circular reception counter in five sections 1200mm wide x20337mm extreme girth x 1100mm high overall to 3525mmextreme radius with six 1540 x 1600mm counter dividers(elsewhere), first and fifth sections with 1723mm extreme girhpart 760mm high including two pedestals and two credenzas(Drawing 486.902.13S) No 1


- 1 6 8 -


April 2016

Storage cupboards of 16mm interior grade particleboardwith Melamine finish including matching 3mm PVC flatedge strips to all exposed edges in sides, bottoms,skirtings, divisions, backs, doors, 18mm and 22mm interiorgrade particleboard with 0,6mm high pressure laminateveneer and 3mm matching hardwood edge strips to allexposed edges in skirting and adjustable shelves, 32mm"Ceaserstone" Quartz stone counter tops and 22 x100mm high splashbacks with "Blum" full overlay clip tophinges, "Roco" handles, "Roco" cupboard and drawerlocks, openings for air vents and "Blum Metabox"telescopic drawer slides

62 Snacks area servery floor cupboard range size 3060 x 600 x900mm high overall with 600mm wide continuous top, air vents,splashback along back and one side with two single and twodouble hinged doors (Drawing 486.901.21S) No 1

63 Servery floor cupboard range size 3265 x 660 x 900mm highoverall with 660mm wide continuous top, air vents, splashbackalong back and one side, two double hinged doors and two fourdrawer units (Drawing 486.912.4) No 1

64 Servery floor cupboard range size 4248 x 550 x 900mm highoverall with 550mm wide continuous top, air vents, splashbackalong back and one side, one single and two double hingeddoors and three four drawer units (Drawing 486.912.4) No 1

65 Servery floor cupboard range size 4880 x 660 x 900mm highoverall with 660mm wide continuous top, air vents, splashbackalong back and both sides, two single and two double hingeddoors and two four drawer units (Drawing 486.912.4) No 1

Box type display cabinet consisting of 16mm and 22mm interior grade particleboard with 0,8mm veneer including3mm matching hardwood edge strips to all exposed edgesin sides, bottoms, divisions, backs, tilted display surfaces,etc, 8mm toughened safety glass sides, doors and tops,aluminium supports, etc

66 Mobile display cabinet size 1000 x 1000 x 1200mm high overallwith two "Octanorm" aluminium framed safety glass doubledoors, two bottom storage drawers and six 100mm diametercabinet castors with brakes (Drawing 486.902.8S) No 6


- 1 6 9 -


April 2016

Exhibition wall display shelving unit consisting ofpre-painted steel section framework and legs, bolted tofloors, 32mm interior grade particleboard with 0,8mmveneer in bulkhead access panel top and bottom shelfincluding 40mm hardwood edge strips to all exposededges, 16mm interior grade particleboard with Melaminefinish including matching 3mm PVC flat edge strips to allexposed edges in sides, bottoms, skirtings, divisions,backs, etc with 8mm toughened safety glass sliding doors,10mm toughened safety glass shelves, air vents, glassfittings, shelf supports, etc

67 Exhibition wall display shelving unit size 2900 x 700 x 2200mmhigh overall with one end panel, "Slatwall" display system andfour storage drawers (Drawing 486.901.11S) No 2

Exhibition display shelving unit consisting of pre-paintedsteel section framework and legs, bolted to floors, 32mminterior grade particleboard with 0,8mm veneer in bulkheadaccess panel top and bottom shelf including 40mmhardwood edge strips to all exposed edges, 16mm interiorgrade particleboard with Melamine finish includingmatching 3mm PVC flat edge strips to all exposed edges insides, bottoms, skirtings, divisions, etc with 6mmtoughened safety glass backs, 8mm toughened safetyglass sliding doors, 10mm toughened safety glass shelves,air vents, glass fittings, shelf supports, etc

68 Exhibition double sided display shelving unit 2700 x 450 x2200mm high overall (Drawing 486.901.20S) No 1





- 1 7 0 -


April 2016

SECTION 3


BILL NO 1

JOINERY - FIXED

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R













Carried Forward to Summary of Section R FURNITURE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENTBILL NO 1JOINERY - FIXED

- 1 7 1 -


April 2016


SECTION 3


BILL NO 2

JOINERY - LOOSE (PROVISIONAL)

PREAMBLES


DESCRIPTIONS

The contractor is referred to the previous Section and theprevious and successive Bills in this Section for preambles andfull descriptions of materials and items described in this Bill,which will apply equally to the work in this Bill unless otherwisedescribed


General

The following furniture have been given as complete units i.e.the components of the units have not been given separately.Descriptions of such units shall, therefore, be deemed toinclude all components, assembling, housing, notching, glueing,blocking, planting on and screwing with countersunk screws,edge strips, thermosetting plastic laminate, glass, ironmongery,metalwork, paint or varnish finishes, etc

All items are to be procured from "Reputable Specialist OfficeFurniture Companies". The contractor must attach to histender a valid certified Curriculum Vitae of the companiessupplying the furniture, etc

Where applicable the manufacturers' names or productcatalogue titles are given in descriptions

The contractor must note that all items hereinafter are toinclude for delivery to site and fixing in position whereapplicable, unless otherwise described

Prices are to be based on the specific products/articles asspecified in the "Loose item and appliance schedule summary"

Carried to Collection R FURNITURE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENTBILL NO 2JOINERY - LOOSE

- 1 7 2 -


April 2016

The contractor is referred to "Annexures A to F" containing theterms and conditions, guarantees/warranties, etc pertaining tofurniture to be supplied by each of the individual suppliers asspecified hereinafter. (See "Fixed Furniture and Loose ItemsSpecifications" accompanying these bills of quantities for these"Annexures")

No branding whatsoever displayed on any furniture shall beallowed

CHAIRS, ETC

Loose standing chairs, etc

72 Rio reception operator chair with mid-back screenback, fullyupholstered seat in C.O.M fabric (0,75m fabric @ R 500/mexcluding VAT), fixed arm rests, kneetilt synchro, gas heightadjustment and black nylon base (Supplier - Seating) (C2) No 7

73 Rio open plan office operator chair with mid-back screenback,fully upholstered seat in C.O.M fabric (0,75m fabric @ R 250/mexcluding VAT), fixed arm rests, kneetilt synchro, gas heightadjustment and black nylon base (Supplier - Seating) (C3) No 30

74 Rio supervisor and manager operator chair with high-backscreenback, fully upholstered seat in C.O.M fabric (0,75m fabric@ R 500/m excluding VAT), fixed arm rests, kneetilt synchro,gas height adjustment and black nylon base (Supplier -Seating) (C4) No 4

75 Rio supervisor and manager visitor's chair with mid-backscreenback, fully upholstered seat in C.O.M fabric (0,75m fabric@ R 500/m excluding VAT) and black sleigh base with integralarm rests with arm pads (Supplier - Seating) (C5) No 17

76 Rio general conference room operator chair with high-backscreenback, fully upholstered seat in C.O.M fabric (0,75m fabric@ R 500/m excluding VAT), fixed arm rest, kneetilt synchroand black nylon base (Supplier - Seating) (C6) No 28

77 Gina kitchen/pause areas and reception single chair withstandard powder coated legs with grey rubber feet, (slipper 710lx 710d x 720mm high), fully upholstered in C.O.M fabric (1,90mfabric @ R 500/m excluding VAT) (Supplier - ComfortCreations) (C14) No 19


- 1 7 3 -


April 2016

78 Blablabla (Parri) kitchen/pause area chair with brushed chromeframe and legs with grey rubber feet, etc . (chairs to be a mix ofthe different colours - quantities to be confirmed) (Supplier -Sean Williams Contracts) (C18) No 24

79 "Buzz Range" upholstered high chair with draughtmansconversion, etc, fully upholstered back and seat in C.O.M fabric(0,75m fabric @ R 500/m, excluding VAT), no arms, gas heightadjustment with draftsman ring and black nylon base to backand seat (Supplier - Seating) (C19) No 2

80 Rotondo lounge carousel custom made modular seat set, in arandomly curved configuration of 8 seats (2 x C20n, 6 xC20e)each fully upholstered in C.O.M fabric (3m fabric @R250/m excluding VAT) (Supplier - Seating) (C20) No 3

81 Rotondo lounge carousel custom made modular seat set, in arandomly curved configuration of 12 seats (3 x C20n, 9 x C20e)each fully upholstered in C.O.M fabric (3m fabric @ R500/mexcluding VAT) (Supplier - Seating) (C20) No 1

82 Rotondo lounge carousel custom made modular seat set, in arandomly curved configuration of 12 seats (7 x C20n, 5 x C20e)each fully upholstered in C.O.M fabric (3m fabric @ R500/mexcluding VAT) (Supplier - Seating) (C20) No 3

83 "Dat-O" Study area visitor's chair with mesh back, fullyupholstered seat in C.O.M fabric (0,75m fabric @ R 500/mexcluding VAT), polyurethane armpads, and black sleigh base(Supplier - Dauphin) (C24) No 36

84 Rio open plan visitor's chair with mid-back screenback, fullyupholstered seat in C.O.M fabric (0,75m fabric @ R 500/mexcluding VAT), intergral arm rest with pads and black sleighbase (Supplier - Seating) (C26) No 16

WORKSTATIONS, TABLES, ETC

Tables consisting of powder coated steel framework andlegs with adjustable feet, 32mm "Havanna Cherry" highpressure laminate board worktop with matching 3mm PVCflat edge strips to all exposed edges. Equipped with"Rehau" power trunking set, fixed to underside of worktopincluding 80mm diameter grommet holes with "Rehau"grommet hole covers and caps and "Powerlogic" standardpower outlet and USB port

85 900mm Diameter meeting table, 760mm high (T5) (Drawing910.4) No 1


- 1 7 4 -


April 2016

86 Table size 2000 x 900 x 900mm high overall (T9) No 4

87 Table size 1800 x 900 x 760mm high overall (T10) (Drawing910.4) No 10

88 Table size 1800 x 900 x 760mm high overall (T20) (Drawing910.6) No 6

Loose standing tables, etc

89 Gina reception side coffee table with glass top, powder coatedlegs and grey rubber feet, 710 x 710 x 410mm high (Supplier -Comfort Creations) (T1) No 4

90 Locust coffee table and standard legs with grey rubber feet,1200 x 650 x 450 high (Supplier - Sorelle) (T2) No 3

91 Stable Table kitchen/pause area table; comprising 720mm highsilver powder coated base (Twist Status range) and top supportfitted with ST025 Stabiliza, including 800 x 800mm Werzalitcode 021 top (Scena Punto range in Stratos) (Supplier - StableTable and Outdoor Lifestyle) (T6) No 6

92 Vasco lounge polyethylene chair/magazine rack, 530 x 400 x380mm high (Colour Red P550) (Supplier - Sean WilliamsContracts) (T30) No 10

Loose standing workstations, etc

93 2270 x 2800mm Standard open plan "Havanna Cherry" formicalaminated U-shaped workstation with pedestal, credenza, CPUcradle, bookshelf and modesty panel, complete (U1) (Drawing486.910.1) No 13

94 2270 x 2800mm Standard open plan "Havanna Cherry" formicalaminated U-shaped workstation with a pedestal, credenza,bookshelve, storage unit on top, pin board, modesty panel,grommets, power reticulation cable tray and steel leg structure,complete (U1) (Drawing 486.910.1) (Provisional) No 1

95 2250 x 2800mm Standard open plan "Havanna Cherry" formicalaminated U-shaped workstation, shorter on visitors side, withpedestal, credenza, CPU cradle, bookshelf and modesty panel,complete (U1s) (Drawing 486.910.1)

No 4


- 1 7 5 -


April 2016

96 2250 x 2800mm Manager and supervisor "Havanna Cherry"formica laminated U-shaped workstation, with pedestal, twocredenzas, bookshelf and modesty panel, complete (U2)(Drawing 486.910.2) No 2

97 2000 x 700mm Rectangular "Havanna Cherry" laminated smalldesk, with pedestal, complete (U3) (Drawing 486.910.2) No 3

CREDENZAS, EXHIBITION TABLES, DISPLAY CABINETS,CABINETS, ETC

Loose standing credenzas, etc

98 900 x 600 x 760mm High laminated "Havanna Cherry" rollerdoor credenza, complete (K1) (Drawing 486.910.2) No 13




BUDGETARY ALLOWANCES

Artificial plants

102 Provide the sum of R105,000.00 (One hundred and fivethousand Rand) for artificial plants Item 115,500 00

103 Profit Item

104 Attendance Item

Artwork (prints)

105 Provide the sum of R 90,000.00 (Ninety thousand Rand) forArtwork (prints) Item 99,000 00

106 Profit Item

107 Attendance Item

Artwork (glass art)

108 Provide the sum of R 100,000.00 (Hundred thousand Rand) forArtwork (glass art) Item 110,000 00


- 1 7 6 -


April 2016

109 Profit Item

110 Attendance Item

Blinds

111 Provide the sum of R 124,200.00 (Hundred twenty fourthousand two hundred Rand) for Blinds Item 136,620 00

112 Profit Item

113 Attendance Item


- 1 7 7 -


April 2016

SECTION 3


BILL NO 2

JOINERY - LOOSE

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R







Carried Forward to Summary of Section R FURNITURE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENTBILL NO 2JOINERY - LOOSE

- 1 7 8 -


April 2016


SECTION 3


BILL NO 3

EQUIPMENT, ETC (PROVISIONAL)

PREAMBLES


DESCRIPTIONS

The contractor is referred to the previous Section and theprevious and successive Bills in this Section for preambles andfull descriptions of materials and items described in this Bill,which will apply equally to the work in this Bill unless otherwisedescribed


The contractor must note that all items hereinafter are toinclude for delivery to site and fixing in position whereapplicable, unless otherwise described

KITCHEN AND OTHER APPLIANCES/ EQUIPMENT, ETC

Domestic type appliances to various floor levels; installedand commissioned strictly in accordance with themanufacturer's instructions

114 "H2O" (Code D16A) floor standing water cooler, 290 x 370 x1140mm high (Silver/grey colour) (Marked WC on plan) No 8

115 "Samsung" (Code: ME8123ST) 34 litre 1100W solo microwaveoven, 582 x 381 x 454mm high No 3

116 "Samsung" (Code: SRG-120) under-counter bar fridge, 453 x486 x 833mm high No 4

Carried Forward to Summary of Section R FURNITURE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENTBILL NO 3EQUIPMENT, ETC

- 1 7 9 -


April 2016


SECTION 3


BILL NO 4

MOVING AND/OR REMOVAL OF EXISTING LOOSEFURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT, ETC (PROVISIONAL)


PREAMBLES


DESCRIPTIONS

The contractor is referred to the previous Sections and theprevious and successive Bills in this Section for preambles andfull descriptions of materials and items described in this Bill,which will apply equally to the work in this Bill unless otherwisedescribed


Labelling and marking

The labelling and marking of all office furniture and equipmentand packing boxes, etc must be done prior to the physicalmoving and/or removal process. The relocation of all staffmembers will take place within the existing building and theywill either be moved around on the same floor or from one floorto another. These moves and/or removals will depend on therelocation schedule that will timeously be submitted to thecontractor by the relocation project manager

Carried to Collection R FURNITURE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENTBILL NO 4MOVEMENT OF EXISTING LOOSE FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT, ETC

- 1 8 0 -


April 2016

Packing boxes

The contractor, must provide 2 (two) 330 x 240 x 360mm bookboxes and 4 (four) 420 x 420 x 420mm packing boxes perlisted staff member affected by the specific phase of moving.These boxes can later be re-used for subsequent moves. Eachstaff member will pack his/her own files, books, computersoftware and other small personal effects into these boxes. Thecontractor must allow the staff members at least 2 (two)working days in order to pack their items. The contractor willthen seal, strap, label and clearly mark the boxes beforemoving thereof

Recording and confirmation

The contractor is to ascertain whether all the office furnitureand equipment are in acceptable working condition and mustrecord his confirmation thereof in writing prior to packing andremoval. The contractor must note that all the office furnitureand equipment recorded as "acceptable" will have to beremoved to three different schools or charities within a50km radius of the Unisa Campus; as directed by theemployer

Relocation program

Programming the removal of office furniture and equipment andmoving of packing boxes, etc must be done according to therelocation program that is attached to these bills of quantities.The relocation program will be finalised after handing over ofsite by the relocation project manager. The relocation projectmanager will supervise the whole relocation process andsubmit schedules to the contractor indicating where each staffmember will be moving to

Moving and/or removal of office furniture and equipment,etc

Listing of items to be moved and/or removed

117 Allow for drawing up and maintaining a comprehensiveinventory listing all the office furniture and equipment to beremoved and all the packed boxes, etc to be moved totemporary positions and later back to final positions Item


- 1 8 1 -


April 2016

Provide all listed staff members with sturdy packing boxesas described and afterwards properly seal and strap theboxes before moving to temporary positions and later backto final positions

118 330 x 240 x 360mm Book packing boxes No 60

119 420 x 420 x 420mm Packing boxes No 120

Labelling and marking of all sealed and strapped packingboxes prior to moving

120 All packing boxes No 180

Labelling and marking of all office furniture and equipmentprior to removal

121 Desks No 16

122 Chairs No 32

123 Credenzas No 10

124 Cupboards No 16

125 Book shelves No 19

126 All office equipment No 21

Moving of all labelled and marked packing boxes fromtheir existing positions to temporary positions inside thebuilding (as per schedule to be provided) andsubsequently moving back to final positions; all underdirect supervision of the relocation project manager

127 330 x 240 x 360mm Book packing boxes No 60

128 420 x 420 x 420mm Packing boxes No 120

Removal of all labelled and marked office furniture andequipment from their existing positions inside the building(as per schedule to be provided) to three different schoolsor charities within a 50km radius of the Unisa Campus asdirected by the employer; all under direct supervision ofthe relocation project manager

Office Furniture

Level 2 Work Stations


- 1 8 2 -


April 2016

129 Desks No 9

130 Chairs No 16

131 Credenzas No 11

132 Cupboards No 18


Level 3 Work Stations

134 Desks No 7

135 Chairs No 16


Office Equipment

137 Projectors No 4

138 Printers No 4

139 Fax machines No 2

140 Large screens No 4

141 Flip chart boards No 4

142 Dishwashers No 2

143 Microwave ovens No 2

144 Fridges No 2

145 Signage boxes No 2

146 Signage stands No 2

147 Cleaners' lockers No 2

148 Pinningboards, white boards, etc No 12


- 1 8 3 -


April 2016

SECTION 3


BILL NO 4

MOVEMENT OF EXISTING LOOSE FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT, ETC

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R





Carried Forward to Summary of Section R FURNITURE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENTBILL NO 4MOVEMENT OF EXISTING LOOSE FURNITURE AND EQUIPMENT, ETC

- 1 8 4 -


April 2016

SECTION 3


SECTION SUMMARY - FURNITURE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENT

Bill Page AmountNo No R

1 -171-JOINERY - FIXED

2 -178-JOINERY - LOOSE

3 -179-EQUIPMENT, ETC

4 -184-MOVEMENT OF EXISTING LOOSE FURNITURE ANDEQUIPMENT, ETC

Carried to Final Summary R FURNITURE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENT

- 1 8 5 -


April 2016


SECTION 4

PROVISIONAL SUMS, ETC

BILL NO 1


General

Work for which budgetary allowances are provided will bemeasured and valued in accordance with clause 32 of thePrincipal Building Agreement and deducted in whole or in part ifnot required without any compensation for loss or profit on thesaid allowances

Prime cost amounts and provisional sums are net. Prime costamounts include for delivery to site of all articles concerned

Provisional sums are for material and equipment supplied andinstalled complete by firms of specialists

Profit

Where stated, the contractor may allow for profit if required

General attendance on nominated/selected subcontractors

The item "Attendance" which follows each provisional sum fornominated/selected subcontractors' work, shall be deemed tocover all the contractor's costs incurred in providing free ofcharge to the nominated/selected subcontractors, the following:

1 Access to the site and places where the subcontractwork is to be carried out, including the reasonable useof any temporary personnel hoists erected by thecontractor

2 The provision of water and lighting and of single phaseelectric power to a position within 50 metres of theplace where the subcontract work is to be carried outbut excluding water, fuel and power for commissioningof any installation

Carried to Collection R PROVISIONAL SUMSBILL NO 1PROVISIONAL SUMS

- 1 8 6 -


April 2016

3 The provision of an area for the subcontractor toestablish temporary office accommodation andworkshops and for the storage of plant and materials

4 The use of erected scaffolding belonging to thecontractor, in common with others having the like right,while it remains erected on site

5 The use, at reasonable times by arrangement of thecontractor's erected hoisting equipment

6 Making good in all trades and cleaning down andremoval of rubbish on completion

Special attendance on nominated/selected subcontractors

Where stated special attendance will be described in detail inthe contract documents for the services as set out in clauseB8.0

Builder's work

Builder's work in connection with specialist services is givenelsewhere in these bills of quantities

PROVISIONAL SUMS FOR NOMINATED/SELECTEDSUBCONTRACT WORKS

External and fire signage

1 Provide the sum of R75,000.00 (Seventy five thousand Rand)for external and fire signage Item 75,000 00

2 Profit Item

3 Attendance Item


- 1 8 7 -


April 2016

WORK TO BE EXECUTED BY SEPARATE DIRECTCONTRACTORS (CLAUSE 22 OF THE PBA)

The following work will be executed by contractors under directagreement with the employer

The contractor is to accommodate these direct contractors andallow them to execute their work unhindered and allow them theuse of water and toilet facilities

Damage caused by these contractors to work completed by theprincipal contractor is to be recorded in detail to enable theemployer to counter-charge the direct contractors the cost ofmaking good such damages

4 Removal of existing and later installation of new"Bidvest-Steiner" hygiene sanitary equipment in variouslocations inside the existing building. This work is to be doneconcurrently and in sequence with the principal contractor'sconstruction programme. The value of the work will beapproximately R65,000.00 (Sixty five thousand Rand) Item

Contingencies

5 Contingencies for the whole contract to be utilised or to bededucted if not required Item


- 1 8 8 -


April 2016

SECTION 4

PROVISIONAL SUMS

BILL NO 1

PROVISIONAL SUMS

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R




Carried to Final Summary R PROVISIONAL SUMSBILL NO 1PROVISIONAL SUMS

- 1 8 9 -


April 2016


SECTION 5

CREDIT FOR OLD MATERIALS

BILL NO 1

SUMMARY OF CREDIT FOR OLD MATERIALS

SECTION 2

Note:

The contractor's attention is drawn to the fact that all items,where credit has been allowed for, are to be priced individually

Total credit for the following items as priced in Section 2,Bill no. 1, Alterations

1 Item 11 page 49 Item















Carried to Collection R CREDIT FOR OLD MATERIALSBILL NO 1CREDITS FOR OLD MATERIALS

- 1 9 0 -


April 2016









Carried to Collection R CREDIT FOR OLD MATERIALSBILL NO 1CREDITS FOR OLD MATERIALS

- 1 9 1 -


April 2016

SECTION 5

CREDIT FOR OLD MATERIALS

BILL NO 1

CREDITS FOR OLD MATERIALS

COLLECTION PAGE

Page AmountNo R



Carried to Final Summary R CREDIT FOR OLD MATERIALSBILL NO 1CREDITS FOR OLD MATERIALS

- 1 9 2 -


April 2016

FINAL SUMMARY

Page AmountNo R

1 -43-PRELIMINARIES

2 -158-BUILDING WORK TO EXISTING LIBRARY

3 -185-FURNITURE, FITTINGS AND EQUIPMENT

4 -189-PROVISIONAL SUMS

SUB TOTAL R

ADD

TOTAL FROM PART B - HVAC INSTALLATION (EXCL. VAT) Item

TOTAL FROM PART C - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION(EXCL. VAT) Item

TOTAL FROM PART D - DATA AND VOICE INSTALLATION(EXCL. VAT) Item

TOTAL FROM PART E - SECURITY AND ACCESSCONTROL (EXCL. VAT) Item

TOTAL FROM PART F - UPS INSTALLATION (EXCL. VAT) Item

TOTAL FROM PART G - FIRE DETECTION & EVALUATION(EXCL. VAT) Item

SUB TOTAL R

LESS

5 -192-CREDIT FOR OLD MATERIALS

SUB-TOTAL R

VALUE-ADDED TAX (14%) R

TOTAL CARRIED TO FINAL SUMMARY OF PART A2 R

- 1 9 3 -

SUBJECT : BILL OF QUANTITIES

PART VII.2.1 PAGE 1 OF 11

BILL No. 1 - PRELIMINARIES

Item Fixed Value Related Time Related

no.

Note 1

Principal building agreement

The agreement entered into between the employer and the

contractor is the May 1998 (Code 2101) Principal Building

Agreement prepared by the Joint Building Contracts Committee

and recommended by the JBCC Constituents, as amplified and

amended by:

1.1 The May 1998 (Code 2103) JBCC Preliminaries.

1.2 The Specification.

1.3 The bills of quantities.

1.4 Such other documents as are identified in the schedule to

the agreement.

(The documents referred to in Note 1 above and comprising the

principal building agreement, the preliminaries, the bills of

quantities, and such other documents as are identified in the

schedule shall collectively be referred to as the principal

agreement)

Note 2

Nominated/selected subcontract agreement.

The selected subcontract agreement to be entered into between

the contractor and the subcontractor shall be referred to as the N/S

agreement and shall:

2.1 not conflict with any of the provisions of the principal

agreement as defined in Note 1 above; and

2.2 conform to and incorporate the May 1998 Code 2102)

Nominated/Selected Subcontract Agreement prepared by

the Joint Building Contracts Committee as amplified

and/or amended by:

2.2.1 these preliminaries;

2.2.2 the N/S contract documents as defined in clause 1

of the N/S agreement.

Note 3

In the event of a conflict between any provision contained in these

preliminaries on the one hand and any provision contained in the

N/S agreement on the other hand, the relevant provisions of these

preliminaries shall prevail.

41 - PART VII - (VII.1 VII.2, VII.3, VII.4, VII.5, VII.6).xlsx VII.2.1/1


no.

Note 4

The tenderer is referred to the N/S agreement identified in Note 2.2

above for the full intent and meaning of each clause thereof.

These clauses are hereinafter referred to by clause number and

heading only. Where standard clauses or alternatives are not

applicable to this N/S agreement such modifications/corrections as

are necessary are given under each relevant clause heading.

Changes to any clauses shall be identified clearly. They tenderer

shall allow apposite each clause for any cost involved in complying

with such clauses.




PRINCIPAL BUILDING AGREEMENT (SECTION A ) REFER PART III.3


no.

DEFINITIONS

Clause 1.0: Definitions and interpretation Item

OBJECTIVE

Clause 2.0: Offer Acceptance and Performance Item

PREPARATION

Clause 3.0: Documents Item

Clause 4.0: Design Responsibility Item

Clause 5.0: Employer's Agents Item

Clause 6.0: Site Representative Item

Clause 7.0: Compliance with Regulations Item

Clause 8.0: Works Risk Item

Clause 9.0: Indemnities Item

Clause 10.0: Works Insurances Item

Clause 11.0: Liability Insurances Item

Clause 12.0: Effecting Insurances Item

Clause 13.0: Insurances - Government Contracts Item

Clause 14.0: Security Item

EXECUTION

Clause 15.0: Preparation for and Execution of the Works Item

Clause 16.0: Access to the Works Item

Clause 17.0: Contract Instructions Item

Clause 18.0: Setting out of the Works Item

Clause 19.0: Assignment Item

Clause 20.0: Nominated Subcontractors Item

Clause 21.0: Selected Subcontractors Item

Clause 22.0: Work by Others Item




no.

COMPLETION

Clause 23.0: No clause Item

Clause 24.0: Practical Completion Item

Clause 25.0: Works Completion Item

Clause 26.0: Final Completion Item

Clause 27.0: Latent Defects Liability Period Item

Clause 28.0: Sectional Completion Item

Clause 29.0: Revision of Date for Practical Completion Item

Clause 30.0: Penalty for Non-completion Item

PAYMENT

Clause 31.0: Interim Payment to the contractor Item

Clause 32.0: Adjustment to the Contract Value Item

Clause 33.0: Recovery of Expense and Loss Item

Clause 34.0: Final Account and Final Payment Item

Clause 35.0: Payment to third parties Item

CANCELLATION

Clause 36.0: Cancellation by Employer - Contractor's Default Item

Clause 37.0: Cancellation by Employer - Loss or Damage Item

Clause 38.0: Cancellation by Contractor - Employer Default Item

Clause 39.0: Cancellation - Cessation of the Works Item

DISPUTE

Clause 40.0: Settlement of Disagreements and Disputes Item

SCHEDULE

Clause 41.0: Pre-tender information Item



NOMINATED/SELECTED

SUB-CONTRACT AGREEMENT (SECTION A) - REFER PART III.2


no.

DEFINITIONS

A1. Clause 1.0: Definitions and interpretation Item

OBJECTIVE

A2. Clause 2.0: Offer Acceptance and Performance Item

PREPARATION

A3. Clause 3.0: Documents and Principal Agreement Item

A4. Clause 4.0: Design Responsibility Item

A5. Clause 5.0: Employer's Agents Item

A6. Clause 6.0: Site Representatives Item

A7. Clause 7.0: Compliance with Regulations Item

A8. Clause 8.0: N/S Works Risk Item

A9. Clause 9.0: Indemnities Item

A10. Clause 10.0: Works and N/S Works Insurances Item

A11. Clause 11.0: Liability Insurances Item

A12. Clause 12.0: Effecting Insurances Item

A13. Clause 13.0: Insurances - Government Contracts Item

A14. Clause 14.0: Security Item

EXECUTION

A15. Clause 15.0: Preparation for and Execution of the N/S Works Item

A16. Clause 16.0: Access to the N/S Works Item

A17. Clause 17.0: Contractor's Instructions Item

A18. Clause 18.0: Setting out of the N/S Works Item

A19. Clause 19.0: Assignment Item

A20. Clause 20.0: Contractor's Attendance Item

A21. Clause 21.0: Subcontractor's Plant and Services Item

A22. Clause 22.0: Work by Others Item




no.

COMPLETION

A23. Clause 23.0: Interim Completion Item

A24. Clause 24.0: Practical Completion Item

A25. Clause 25.0: Works Completion Item

A26. Clause 26.0: Final Completion Item

A27. Clause 27.0: Latent Defects Liability Period Item

A28. Clause 28.0: Sectional Completion Item

A29. Clause 29.0: Revision of Date for Interim Completion Item

A30. Clause 30.0: Damages due to Non-performance Item

PAYMENT

A31. Clause 31.0: Interim Payment to the Subcontractor Item

A32. Clause 32.0: Adjustment to the N/S Contract Value Item

A33. Clause 33.0: Recovery of Expense and Loss Item

A34. Clause 34.0: N/S Final Account and Final Payment Item

A35. Clause 35.0: No clause Item

CANCELLATION

A36. Clause 36.0: Cancellation by Contractor - Subcontractor's Default Item

A37. Clause 37.0: Cancellation by Contractor - Loss or Damage Item

A38. Clause 38.0: Suspension and Cancellation by Subcontractor -

Contractor's/Employer's Default Item

A39. Clause 39.0: Cancellation - Cessation of the Works Item

DISPUTE

A40. Clause 40.0: Settlement of Disagreements and Disputes Item



no.

N/S SCHEDULE

A41. Clause 41.0: Pre-tender Information Item

"The enquirer to fill in all the relevant information

prior to issue of tender documentation".

Information necessary for contract purposes concerning variables

referred to in the N/S agreement is contained in the attached

schedule.

A41. Clause 41.0: Post-tender Information Item

"This portion to be filled in after award of tender".

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES

The following clauses shall be added to this nominated/selected

subcontract:

A42. CLAUSE S1: WAIVER OF LIEN

The subcontractor shall simultaneously with the signing of the

subcontract agreement deliver to the contractor a waiver in respect

of contractor's lien which:

(i) shall conform to the specimen Waiver of Contractor's Lien

which is attached hereto as Annexure 'C'; and

(ii) shall be so signed on behalf of the relative selected sub-

contractor by an official duly authorized thereto by the sub-

contractor; proof of which authority in the form of a certified

extract of the minutes of the directors of members (as the

case may be) of the relative selected subcontractor, shall also

be so delivered to the principal agent by the contractor.

There shall be no obligation on the employer to provide the

contractor or relevant selected subcontractor with any

security in consideration of the signing and delivery of the

undertaking and cession in respect of contractor's lien in the

manner referred to above.

A43. CLAUSE S2: SUBCONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE EVERYTHING

NECESSARY

The subcontractor shall provide everything necessary for the

proper execution of the subcontract works according to the true

intent and meaning of the subcontract documents, whether the

same may or may not be particularly shown or described, provided

that the same is reasonable to be inferred there from, and if the

subcontractor finds any discrepancy therein, he shall immediately

and in writing refer the same to the contractor, who shall decide the

procedure. Figured dimensions shall be followed in preference to

scale.




no.

A44. DOCUMENTS

The following supplementary documents, the provisions of which

form an integral part of the N/S Contract Documents, and thus this

N/S Agreement to which the subcontractor is bound, are bound into

these Bills of Quantities -

Annexure 'A' - N/S Construction Guarantee (Pro Forma)

Annexure 'C' - Waiver of Contractor's Lien

Annexure 'D' - Schedule of Drawings

Annexure 'E' - Extract of Preliminaries to Bills of Quantities

under the Principal Agreement.

Annexure 'F' - Extract of N/S construction variables (Clause 41)

Annexure 'G' - Form of indemnity

Annexure 'H' - Maintenance agreement

Annexure 'I' - Unfixed materials Guarantee




no.

JBCC PRELIMINARIES (SECTION B) - REFER PART VII.2.1

NOTES

Note 1

The JBCC Preliminaries May 1998 (Code 2103) edition for use with

the JBCC Principal Building Agreement May 1998 (Code 2101)

and JBCC N/S Subcontract Agreement May 1998 (Code 2102) is

taken to be incorporated herein. The tenderer is deemed to have

referred to these documents for the full intent and meaning each

clause.

Where standard clauses or alternatives are not applicable to the

contract, such modifications or corrections as are necessary are

given under each relevant clause.

Note 2

The tenderer must allow opposite each clause for any costs in

which he may be involved in executing the works in accordance

with the said JBCC Preliminaries.

B1. Clause 1.0: Definitions and Interpretations Item

B2. Clause 2.0: Documents Item

B3. Clause 3.0: The Site Item

B4. Clause 4.0: Management of Contract Item

B5. Clause 5.0: Samples and Shop Drawings Item

B6. Clause 6.0: Temporary Works and Plant Item

B7. Clause 7.0: Temporary Services Item

B8. Clause 8.0: Prime Cost Amounts Item

B9. Clause 9.0: Attendance on N/S Subcontractors Item

B10. Clause 10.0: Financial Aspects Item

B11. Clause 11.0: General Item

B12. Clause 12.0: Schedule of Variables Item




no.

ENGINEERING GENERAL CONDITIONS (SECTION C) (Refer Part III.3)

The following clauses shall be added to this N/S subcontract

document which relate to the Engineering General Conditions for

use with the JBCC Nominated/Selected Subcontract Agreement

Code 2104 May 1998:

C1. Clause 1.0: Definitions and Interpretations Item

C2. Clause 2.0: N/S Subcontract Agreement Conditions Item

C3. Clause 3.0: Statutory and Regulatory Requirements Item

C4. Clause 4.0: Specifications and Drawings Item

C5. Clause 5.0: Duties of Engineer Item

C6. Clause 6.0: Performance of Systems and Equipment Item

C7. Clause 7.0: Materials, Workmanship and Alternative Manufacture Item

C8. Clause 8.0: Organization and Staff of Subcontractor Item

C9. Clause 9.0: Meetings Item

C10. Clause 10.0: Attendance for Measurement Item

C11. Clause 11.0: Tests and Inspections Item

C12. Clause 12.0: Sectional Completion Item

C13. Clause 13.0: Practical Completion of the N/S Works Item

C14. Clause 14.0: Guarantee Item

C15. Clause 15.0: Royalties, Patent rights and Fees Item

C16. Clause 16.0: Confidentiality of Subcontract Documents Item




no.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF SUBCONTRACT AGREEMENT (SECTION C)

(Refer Part IIIa)

C17 Section 01: Definitions and Abbreviations

C18 Section 02: General

C19 Section 03: Drawings and Submissions

C20 Section 04: Work provided by Others

C21 Section 05: Compliance with Standards and Regulations

C22 Section 06: Safety

C23 Section 07: Hoisting and Rigging

C24 Section 08: Year 2000 Compliance

C25 Section 09: Programming

C26 Section 10: Contract Management

C27 Section 11: Organization and Staff of Subcontractor

C28 Section 12: Protection Against Damage

C29 Section 13: Access to Equipment and Systems

C30 Section 14: Cleaning and Start-up

C31

Section 15: Testing, Balancing, Commissioning, Operation of Plant

and Handover

C32 Section 16: Guarantee

C33 Section 17: Quality Management System, Testing and Inspection

C34 Section 18: Operating and Maintenance Manuals

C35 Section 19: One Year's Maintenance

C36 Section 20: Special Attendance

C37 Section 21: Preparation of Pre-Start up Checklist

C38 Section 22 : Completion of Subcontract work

Subtotals

FIXED

VALUE RELATED

TIME RELATED

TOTAL TRANSFERRED TO ITEM 1 OF THE SUMMARY OF TENDER SUMS PART VII.6



BILL No: 2.2.1 - 4GF

Drawing Reference: 4GF

Item Description Unit Quantity Tariff Amount

DUCTING AND DUCT ACCESSORIES

A

Low Pressure Air Distribution System in accordance with Part V.2,

Section 09.01

A1 Straight Ducting

A1.1 Category 1 - (up to 750mm with semi perimeter < 1150mm) m² 186.0

A1.2 Category 2 - (up to 750mm with semi perimeter > 1150mm) m² 1.7

A1.3 Category 3 - (750mm to 1350mm) m² 242.3


A1.5 Category 6 - (Round/Spiral Ducting)

A1.5.1 - dia 150mm m 11.0

A1.5.2 - dia 200mm m 51.0

A1.5.3 - dia 250mm m 23.0

A1.5.4 - dia 300mm m 14.0

A2 Bends






A2.5.1 - dia 150mm No 3.0

A2.5.2 - dia 200mm No 3.0

A2.5.3 - dia 250mm No 1.0

A2.5.4 - dia 300mm No 3.0

A3 Shoes





A4 Stop-Ends

A4.1 Category 1 - (up to 750mm with semi perimeter < 1150mm) m² 1

A4.2 Category 2 - (up to 750mm with semi perimeter > 1150mm) m² 1

A4.3 Category 3 - (750mm to 1350mm) m² 0


A5 Transformation Pieces





A6 Spigots

A6.1 dia 150 No 5

A6.2 dia 200 No 42

A6.3 dia 250 No 6

A6.4 dia 300 No 10

A7 Flexible ducting c/w S/S clamps

A7.1 150mm diam. X 1.5m long insulated acoustic No 5




A9 Square to Round Transformation Pieces

A9.1 500x400-ø450 No 2.0

A9.2 600x400-ø450 No 2.0

A9.3 750x500-ø500 No 2.0

A10 Wire Mesh Screen

A10.1 600X400 No 1.0

A10.2 750X500 No 1.0

B25mm FRK External Insulation for ductwork in accordance with Part IV

Section 04m²

569.0

TOTAL TRANSFERRED TO BILL : 2.2.1 SUMMARY - PAGE 5 OF 5






D VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINALSVariable Volume Terminals in accordance with Part V.2, Section

15.02.01 and 15.02.02

SUPPLY, delivery, testing, 1 year maintenance and guarantee

Complete with plenum box, damper motor, electrical heater element,

auto and manual cut-outs, spigot for connecting flexible and built-in

slave diffuser controller, and BMS compatible (FREE ISSUE) AND

INSTALLATION of Diffusers in Ceiling, including electrical connection,

balancing of diffusers of SWIRL VAV diffusers.

D1

VV 01a - Dia 600; Ceiling mounted Swirl Diffuser; c/w dia 150 spigot;

0.25kW HeatingNo

1.0

D2

VV 02 - 600x600; Ceiling mounted Swirl Diffuser; c/w dia 200 spigot;

0.75 kW HeatingNo

18.0

D4

VV 02a - DIA 600; Ceiling mounted Swirl Diffuser; c/w dia 200 spigot;

0.75 kW HeatingNo

2.0

E TERMINAL CONTROLTerminals control in accordance with Part V.2, Section 09.06.02

Supply and Installation of BMS addressable terminal controls:,

Maintenance, Commissioning and guarantee of BMS addressable

terminal controls INCLUDING:

E1 1. Power Packs for VAV diffusers c/w 80mm Comms Cable No 4.0

E2

2. Thermostat, cable, master controller with heater as per SICO

complete with plugs, electrics, etc.No

8.0

E3

3. Slave controller with heater as per SICO DWG 110 complete with

plugs, electrics, cabling, etc.No

13.0

E4 4. Installation of wall mounted thermostat and cabling No 8.0

E5 5. Installation of slave controller cabling No 13.0

E6 6. Cabling ITEM ITEM

E7 7. Master Comms Unit No 1.0

FCONSTANT VOLUME AIR TERMINALS: Constant Volume Terminals

in accordance with Part V.2, Section 15.01.01

F1 Return Grilles

F1.1RG 01 - 45º RAG 600x600, ceiling mounted, No plenum and no spigot

No22.0

F2 Extract air grilles

F2.1 EG 01; 200x200, EAG 45 Single deflection grille c/w OBD 0.0

F2.2 DV 01; Disc Valve, 200mm neck diam. 18.0

F3 Transfer grilles

F3.1 TG 01; 600X100, EAG 45 Single deflection grille No 4.0

F4 Fresh air grilles

F4.1SG 01; 600X600, EAG 45 Single deflection grille C/W dia 250 spigot

and OBDNo 3.0

F5 Constant Volume Diffusers

F5.1CV 01 - 600X600; Ceiling mounted Swirl Diffuser; c/w dia 150 spigot

and OBDNo

2.0


and OBDNo 10.0


and OBDNo 0.0


and OBDNo 15.0

F6 Weather Louvre c/w WMS

F6.1 1100x450 No 1.0







G DAMPERS

G1Motorised Fire Dampers in accordance with Part V.2, Section 18.03

C/W Spring return

G1.1 FD 01; 1800x450, Motorised fire damper c/w 220V motor No 4.0

G2Motorised Pressure Reducing Dampers in accordance with Part V.2,

Section 11.01

G2.1 DA 10 - 1800x450, motorised c/w 220V motor No 4.0

G3 Balancing Dampers in accordance with Part V.2, Section 11.01

G3.1 DA 01 - DIA 150, OBD No 2.0

G3.2 DA 02 - DIA 200, OBD No 1.0

G3.3 DA 03 - DIA 250, OBD No 3.00

G3.4 DA 04 - DIA 300, OBD No 1.00

G3.5 DA 05 - 300x350, OBD No 1.00

G3.6 DA 06 - 900x350, OBD No 1.00

G3.7 DA 07 - 500x350, OBD No 1.00

G3.8 DA 08 - 350x300, OBD No 1.00

H FANS

H1 Axial Flow Fan in accordance with Part V.2, Section 08.02

H1.1

FA 16 - dia 630, 6000L/s @ 110Pa, 6.0KW fire rated motor; 300deg 60

minutes, c/w VSD No 8.0

H1.2 FA 01 - dia 450, 1330L/s @ 110Pa, 0.39KW motor No 1.0



J SOUND ATTENUATORS

J1 Sound Attenuators for Fans in accordance with Part V.2 Section 18.01

J1.1 SA 01 - dia 450 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.2 SA 02 - dia 500 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.3 SA 03 - dia 450 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.4 SA 16 - dia 630 x 1.5D No 16.0

K FAN FLEXIBLE

K1

Flexible canvas connections between equipment and duct installations

in accordance with Part V.2 Section 09.01

K1.1 Dia 450 No 4.0

K1.2 Dia 500 No 2.0

K1.3 Dia 630 No 16.0

L FAN DISCHARGE COWL c/w wms

L1 Dia 630 No 8.0

M

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM: in accordance with Part V.2,

Section 09.05.01

M1 Electrical Connection of Axial Flow Fans

M1.1 FA 01 No 1.0

M1.2 FA 02 No 1.0

M1.3 FA 03 No 1.0

M1.4 FA 16 No 8.0

M2 Electrical Connection of Fan coil Units

M2.1 FCU 01 No 0.0

M2.2 FCU 02 No 1.0

M2.3 FCU 03 No 0.0

M2.4 FCU 04 No 2.0

M2.5 FCU 05 No 0.0

M2.6 FCU 06 No 1.0

M2.7 FCU 07 No 3.0







N CHILLED WATER FAN COIL UNITS SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION

N1

Ceiling mounted chilled water fan coil units , complete with chilled

water cooling coil, supply air fan, electric heater, filtration all in

accordance with Part V.2 Section 12.02.03

- Anti-vibration mountings on unit

- Spare set of filters

- Delivery of unit to site

- One Year's Free Maintenance and Guarantee

- Installation into final position

- Chilled water pipe connections

- Electrical connection of unit

- Commissioning and balancing of unit

- Condensate drain connection of unit

- Canvas duct connection of unit

- Wall Mounted thermostat

N1.1 FCU-01 No 0.0

N1.2 FCU-02 No 1.0

N1.3 FCU-03 No 0.0

N1.4 FCU-04 No 2.0

N1.5 FCU-05 No 0.0

N1.6 FCU-06 No 1.0

N1.7 FCU-07 No 3.0

P

CHILLED WATER AIR HANDLING UNITS SUPPLY AND

INSTALLATION

P1

SUPPLY OF CHILLED WATER AIR HANDLING UNITS , in

accordance with Part V.2 Section 12.02.04.





- Rigging / hoisting of unit into final position






- AHU Controls

P1.1 AHU L0-01 No 1.0

P1.2 AHU L0-02 No 1.0

P2

Motor Control Centres (MCC) in accordance with Part V.2 Section

09.05.02

P2.1 AHU No 2.0

P3

Stand Alone Control System and Safety and Automatic Control System

in accordance with Part V.2 Section 09.06.01 and Section 09.06.04 and

SICO

P3.1 AHU Control No 2.0

P4

Variable Speed Drives (VSD's) in accordance with Part V.2 Section

09.05.03

P4.1 AHU L0-02 - 3.0kW (Danfoss or similar) No 1.0

P5

Duct Pressure Control Station in accordance with Part V.2, Section

18.02 and SICONo

2.0

P6

Electrical Distribution System in accordance with Part V.2, Section

09.05.01

P6.1

Site Wiring AHU MCC, complete in conduit (galvanised conduit where

exposed)No

2.0





SUMMARY FOR BILL No: 2.2.1 - GROUND FLOOR

AMOUNT

2.2.1.1 PAGE 1

2.2.1.2 PAGE 2

2.2.1.3 PAGE 3

2.2.1.4 PAGE 4

TOTAL TRANSFERRED TO ITEM 2.2.1 OF THE SUMMARY OF TENDER SUMS - PART VII.6

BROUGHT FROM PAGE


BILL No: 2.2.2 - 401

Drawing Reference: 401



A


Section 09.01

A1 Straight Ducting






A1.5.1 - dia 150mm m 85.0

A1.5.2 - dia 200mm m 11.0

A1.5.3 - dia 250mm m 15.0

A1.5.4 - dia 300mm m 13.0

A2 Bends






A2.5.1 - dia 150mm No 7.0

A2.5.2 - dia 200mm No 1.0

A2.5.3 - dia 250mm No 5.0

A2.5.4 - dia 300mm No 4.0

A3 Shoes





A4 Stop-Ends

A4.1 Category 1 - (up to 750mm with semi perimeter < 1150mm) m² 2

A4.2 Category 2 - (up to 750mm with semi perimeter > 1150mm) m² 2







A6 Spigots

A6.1 dia 150 No 80

A6.2 dia 200 No 17

A6.3 dia 250 No 10

A6.4 dia 300 No 20







A9.1 550x300-ø400 No 2.0

A9.2 550x400-ø400 No 2.0

A9.3 ø315-250x250 No 2.0

A9.4 500x400-ø450 No 2.0

A9.5 750x500-ø500 No 1.0


A10.1 750X500 No 2.0

A10.2 DIA 315 No 2.0

A10.3 DIA 500 No 1.0

A10.4 550X400 No 2.0


Section 04 m²899.0




BILL No: 2.2.2 - 401




15.02.01 and 15.02.02







D1

VV 01 - 600X600; Ceiling mounted Swirl Diffuser; c/w dia 150 spigot;

0.25kW HeatingNo

45.0

D2


0.75 kW HeatingNo

0.0

D4

VV 03A- DIA 600; Ceiling mounted Swirl Diffuser; c/w dia 250 spigot;

1.0 kW HeatingNo

0.0






E2



22.0

E3



23.0







F1 Return Grilles


No57.0




F3 Transfer grilles




and OBDNo 1.0



and OBDNo

28.0


and OBDNo 8.0


and OBDNo 16.0


and OBDNo 22.0


F6.1 1100x450 No 1.0




BILL No: 2.2.2 - 401



G DAMPERS


C/W Spring return



Section 11.01



G3.1 DA 01 - DIA 150, OBD No 7.0

G3.2 DA 02 - DIA 200, OBD No 0.0

G3.3 DA 03 - DIA 250, OBD No 0.00

G3.4 DA 04 - DIA 300, OBD No 0.00

H FANS








J SOUND ATTENUATORS


J1.1 SA 04 - dia 450 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.2 SA 05 - dia 500 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.3 SA 06 - dia 400 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.4 SA 07 - dia 315 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.5 SA 08 - dia 400 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.6 SA 09 - dia 400 x 1.5D No 2.0

K FAN FLEXIBLE

K1



K1.1 Dia 315 No 2.0

K1.2 Dia 400 No 6.0

K1.3 Dia 450 No 2.0

K1.4 Dia 500 No 2.0


L1 Dia 630 No 8.0

M


Section 09.05.01


M1.1 FA 04 No 1.0

M1.2 FA 05 No 1.0

M1.3 FA 06 No 1.0

M1.4 FA 07 No 1.0

M1.5 FA 08 No 1.0

M1.6 FA 09 No 1.0


M2.1 FCU 01 No 0.0

M2.2 FCU 02 No 2.0

M2.3 FCU 03 No 2.0

M2.4 FCU 04 No 1.0

M2.5 FCU 05 No 0.0

M2.6 FCU 06 No 3.0

M2.7 FCU 07 No 0.0




BILL No: 2.2.2 - 401




N1















N1.1 FCU-01 No 0.0

N1.2 FCU-02 No 2.0

N1.3 FCU-03 No 2.0

N1.4 FCU-04 No 1.0

N1.5 FCU-05 No 0.0

N1.6 FCU-06 No 3.0

N1.7 FCU-07 No 0.0

P


INSTALLATION

P1













- AHU Controls

P1.1 AHU L1-01 No 1.0

P1.2 AHU L1-02 No 1.0

P1.3 AHU L1-03 No 1.0

P1.4 AHU L1-04 No 1.0

P2


09.05.02

P2.1 AHU No 4.0

P3



SICO


P4


09.05.03


P5


18.02 and SICONo

4.0

P6


09.05.01

P6.1


exposed)No

4.0





SUMMARY FOR BILL No: 2.2.2 - FIRST FLOOR

AMOUNT

2.2.2.1 PAGE 1

2.2.2.2 PAGE 2

2.2.2.3 PAGE 3

2.2.2.4 PAGE 4


BROUGHT FROM PAGE


BILL No: 2.2.3 - 402




A


Section 09.01

A1 Straight Ducting






A1.5.1 - dia 150mm m 83.0

A1.5.2 - dia 200mm m 21.0

A1.5.3 - dia 250mm m 29.0

A1.5.4 - dia 300mm m 9.0

A2 Bends






A2.5.1 - dia 150mm No 4

A2.5.2 - dia 200mm No 1

A2.5.3 - dia 250mm No 5

A2.5.4 - dia 300mm No 2

A3 Shoes





A4 Stop-Ends










A6 Spigots

A6.1 dia 150 No 95A6.2 dia 200 No 14A6.3 dia 250 No 22A6.4 dia 300 No 9


A7.1 150mm diam. X 1.5m long insulated acoustic No 95A7.2 200mm diam. X 1.5m long insulated acoustic No 14A7.3 250mm diam. X 1.5m long insulated acoustic No 22A7.4 300mm diam. X 1.5m long insulated acoustic No 9


A9.1 550x400-ø400 No 2.0

A9.2 750x500-ø500 No 2.0

A9.3 850x350-ø500 No 1.0

A9.4 ø315-200x250 No 2.0

A9.5 400x250-ø355 No 1.0


A10.1 750X500 No 2.0

A10.2 DIA 315 No 1.0

A10.3 550X400 No 3.0


Section 04 m²469.0




BILL No: 2.2.3 - 402




15.02.01 and 15.02.02







D1

VV 01a - Dia 600; Ceiling mounted Swirl Diffuser; c/w dia 150 spigot;

0.25kW HeatingNo

49.0

D2


0.75 kW HeatingNo

0.0

D4

VV 03a - DIA 600; Ceiling mounted Swirl Diffuser; c/w dia 250 spigot;

1.0 kW HeatingNo

3.0






E2



26.0

E3



26.0







F1 Return Grilles


No62.0




F3 Transfer grilles




and OBDNo 1.0



and OBDNo

35.0


and OBDNo 15.0


and OBDNo 25.0


and OBDNo 8.0


F6.1 1100x450 No 1.0




BILL No: 2.2.3 - 402



G DAMPERS


C/W Spring return



Section 11.01



G3.1 DA 01 - DIA 150, OBD No 11.0

G3.2 DA 02 - DIA 200, OBD No 5.0

G3.3 DA 03 - DIA 250, OBD No 2.00

G3.4 DA 04 - DIA 300, OBD No 1.00

G3.5 DA 05 - 300x350, OBD No 3.00

G3.6 DA 06 - 500x350, OBD No 1.00

G3.7 DA 07 - 900x350, OBD No 1.00

H FANS








J SOUND ATTENUATORS


J1.1 SA 10 - dia 500 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.2 SA 11 - dia 355 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.3 SA 12 - dia 500 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.4 SA 13 - dia 315 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.5 SA 14 - dia 400 x 1.5D No 2.0

J1.6 SA 15 - dia 400 x 1.5D No 2.0

K FAN FLEXIBLE

K1



K1.1 Dia 315 No 2.0

K1.2 Dia 355 No 2.0

K1.3 Dia 400 No 4.0

K1.4 Dia 500 No 4.0


L1 Dia 630 No 0.0

M


Section 09.05.01


M1.1 FA 10 No 1.0

M1.2 FA 11 No 1.0

M1.3 FA 12 No 1.0

M1.4 FA 13 No 1.0

M1.5 FA 14 No 1.0

M1.6 FA 15 No 1.0


M2.1 FCU 01 No 1.0

M2.2 FCU 02 No 12.0

M2.3 FCU 03 No 0.0

M2.4 FCU 04 No 1.0

M2.5 FCU 05 No 1.0

M2.6 FCU 06 No 2.0

M2.7 FCU 07 No 1.0




BILL No: 2.2.3 - 402




N1















N1.1 FCU-01 No 1.0

N1.2 FCU-02 No 12.0

N1.3 FCU-03 No 0.0

N1.4 FCU-04 No 1.0

N1.5 FCU-05 No 1.0

N1.6 FCU-06 No 2.0

N1.7 FCU-07 No 1.0

P


INSTALLATION

P1













- AHU Controls

P1.1 AHU L2-01 No 1.0

P1.2 AHU L2-02 No 1.0

P2


09.05.02

P2.1 AHU No 2.0

P3



SICO


P4


09.05.03


P5


18.02 and SICONo

2.0

P6


09.05.01

P6.1


exposed)No

2.0





SUMMARY FOR BILL No: 2.2.3 - SECOND FLOOR

AMOUNT

2.2.3.1 PAGE 1

2.2.3.2 PAGE 2

2.2.3.3 PAGE 3

2.2.3.4 PAGE 4


BROUGHT FROM PAGE


BILL No: 2.2.4 - CHILLED WATER SYSTEM

Drawing Reference: 4GF, 401, 402 AND SCHEMATIC


A CHILLED WATER PIPING

A1

Straight Chilled water piping including brackets supported from the

concrete slab in accordance with Part V.2 Section 09.02

A1.1 NB 150, Medium Black Steel m 88.0










A2

Pair Flanges c/w bolts, washers and nuts in accordance with Part V.2

Section 09.02

A2.1 NB 150, Medium Black Steel No 16.0





A3

Chilled Water Reducers and transissions in accordance with Part V.2

Section 09.02

A3.1 NB 100 - 80, Medium Black Steel No 2.0








A4

Chilled Water Elbows with NB > 50mm in accordance with Part V.2

Section 09.02

A4.1 90° Elbow NB 150, Medium Black Steel No 32.0










A5

Chilled Water Un-equal and Equal Tees Tees and Stub Take-offs

with NB > 50mm in accordance with Part V.2 Section 09.02

A5.1 Un-equal Tee NB 200 - 150, Medium Black Steel No 2.0




















TOTAL TRANSFERRED TO BILL No: 2.2.4 - SUMMARY - PAGE 6 OF 6






B PAINTING OF CHILLED WATER PIPING

B1

Painting of Chilled Water Piping in accordance with Part IV Section

03

B1.1 NB 150, Medium Black Steel m 88.0










B2

Painting of Chilled Water Piping Pair Flanges in accordance with Part

IV Section 03

B2.1 NB 150, Medium Black Steel No 16.0





B3

Painting of Chilled/Hot Water Non-Eccentric Pipe Reducers in

accordance with Part IV Section 03

B3.1 NB 100 - 80, Medium Black Steel No 2.0








B4

Painting of Chilled/Hot Water Piping Bends in accordance with Part

IV Section 04

B4.1 90° Elbow NB 150, Medium Black Steel No 32.0










B5

Painting of Chilled Water Non-Eccentric Pipe Reducers in


B5.1 Un-equal Tee NB 200 - 150, Medium Black Steel No 2.0


























C INSULATION OF CHILLED WATER PIPING

C1

Insulation of Chilled/Hot Water Piping in accordance with Part IV

Section 04

C1.1 NB 150, Medium Black Steel m 88.0










C2

Cladding of Chilled/Hot Water Piping in accordance with Part IV

Section 04











C3 Plastered Insulation of Flanges in accordance with Part IV Section 04

C3.1 NB 150, Medium Black Steel No 16.0





C4

Plastered Insulation of Chilled/Hot Water Piping Bends in accordance

with Part IV Section 04

C4.1 90° Elbow NB 150, Medium Black Steel No 32.0










C5

Plastered Insulation of Un-equal and Equal Tees and Stub Take-offs

in accordance with Part IV Section 04

C5.1 Un-equal Tee NB 200 - 150, Medium Black Steel No 2.0


























C6

Plastered Insulation of Chilled Water Non-Eccentric Pipe Reducers

in accordance with Part IV Section 04

C6.1 NB 100 - 80, Medium Black Steel No 2.0








D VALVES AND ACCESSORIES

D1 Chilled Water Instruments in accordance with Part V.2 Section 09.02

D1.1 Thermometer No 24.0

D1.2 Pressure Gauges No 24.0

D1.3 Binder Points No 24.0

D1.4 BMS Sensor Pockets No 24.0

D1.5 AAV's No 24.0

D1.6 Drain valves No 12.0

D2

Chilled Water Isolating Valves in accordance with Part V.2 Section

09.02

D2.1 Shut-off valve NB 150, Cast Iron No 6.0





D2.6 Shut-off valve NB 50, Brass No 12.0




D3 Chilled Water Drain Cock in accordance with Part V.2 Section 09.02

D3.1 NB 25 No 12.0

D4

Chilled/Hot Water Balancing Valves in accordance with Part V.2

Section 9.02

D4.1 NB 65 No 3.0

D4.2 NB 50 No 4.0

D4.3 NB 40 No 1.0

D4.4 NB 25 No 18.0

D4.5 NB 20 No 11.0

D5

Chilled/Hot Water Strainer in accordance with Part V.2 Section

9.02

D5.1 NB 150 No 2.0

D6 Control Valves in accordance with Part V.2 Section 09.02

D6.1 3-way motorised control valve NB 50 No 2.0









D7

Chilled/Hot Water Sockets for mounting sensors in accordance with

Part V.2 Section 09.02

D7.1 NB 25 No 24.0

D8

Chilled/Hot Water Flexible Pipe Connections in accordance with Part

V.2 Section 09.02

D8.1 NB 150 flexible pipe connection, flanged connection No 4.0

D8.2 NB 65 flexible pipe connection, flanged connection No 6.0

D8.3 NB 50 flexible pipe connection, union joint No 8.0










D9

Chilled/Hot Water Auto Air Vents in accordance with Part V.2 Section

09.02

D9.1 NB 15 No 10.0

E INSULATION OF VALVES AND ACCESSORIES

E1

Plastered Insulation of Chilled/Hot Water Shut-off Valves in


E1.1 Shut-off valve NB 150, Cast Iron No 6.0





E1.6 Shut-off valve NB 50, Brass No 12.0




E2

Plastered Insulation of Chilled/Hot Water Balancing Valves in


E2.1 NB 65 No 3.0

E2.2 NB 50 No 4.0

E2.3 NB 40 No 1.0

E2.4 NB 25 No 18.0

E2.5 NB 20 No 11.0

E3

Plastered Insulation of Control Valves in accordance with Part IV

Section 04

E3.1 3-way motorised control valve NB 50 No 2.0









F PUMPS

F1

Base-mounted Chilled Water Pump in accordance with Part V.2,

Section 07.01

- Anti-vibration mountings for pump, including inertia base Lot

- Hoisting and Rigging of pump into final position No

- Chilled/hot water pipe connections (Labour only) Lot

- Electrical Connection of Pump and E-stop No

- Balancing and Commissioning of Pump No

- Drip tray Connection to nearest Full-bore Drain Lot

Note : The Pump Pressure Heads stated above is only estimated.

Correct Pressure to be confirmed during the equipment submission

stage.

F1.1 - SCHWP (34.35L/s @ 250kPa) No 2

F2 Variable Speed Drives in accordance with Part V.2, Section 09.05.03

F2.1 - SCHWP (15kW) (Danfoss or similar) No 2

G TAP OFF FROM EXISTING PIPE HEADER

G1

Allowance draining of the chilled water to install a new dia 150 tap off

for the supply of chilled water supply and return to the library. The tap

off should be installed onto the existing Dia 200 header on basement

level. Allow for filling up of system as well as associated water

treatment. This work will have to be done at an after hour rate.

No 2





SUMMARY FOR BILL No: 2.2.4 - CHILLED WATER

AMOUNT

2.2.3.1 PAGE 1

2.2.3.2 PAGE 2

2.2.3.3 PAGE 3

2.2.3.4 PAGE 4

2.2.3.5 PAGE 5


BROUGHT FROM PAGE


BILL No: 2.2.5 - STRIPING OUT OF EXISTING SERVICES

Drawing Reference: NONE


A EQUIPMENT

A1

Stripping and Removal from site of existing Down Blow chilled water

Units on Ground Floor including; draining and disconnection of chilled

water pipes; disconnection and making safe of power supply and

controls; disconnection and making good of chilled water piping from

main header on basement level

No

12.0

A2

Stripping and Removal from site of existing DX DownBlow Units on

Ground Floor including; draining and removal of refregerent and

refregerent piping; disconnection and making safe of power supply

No

4.0

B SECOND FIX

B1 Remove floor grilles Item Item




SUBJECT : PRIME COST AMOUNTS

PART VII.3 PAGE 1 OF 1

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY TARIFF AMOUNT

"Prime Cost Amount" means an amount included in the contract

sum for the delivered cost of materials and goods obtained from

a Supplier as instructed by the Principal Agent.

Prime Cost Amounts exclude the cost of Overheads,

Preliminaries and Profit

TOTAL TRANSFERRED TO ITEM 2 OF THE FORM OF TENDER

41 - PART VII - (VII.1 VII.2, VII.3, VII.4, VII.5, VII.6).xlsx VII.3./34



Provisional Amounts exclude the cost of Overheads,


TOTAL TRANSFERRED TO ITEM 3.0 OF THE FORM OF TENDER

SUBJECT : PROVISIONAL AMOUNTS

41 - PART VII - (VII.1 VII.2, VII.3, VII.4, VII.5, VII.6).xlsx VII.4/35

SUBJECT : BUDGETARY ALLOWANCE



"Budgetary Allowance" means a sum of money included in the

Contract Sum for work intended for execution by the Contractor,

the extent of which is identified but not detailed

Budgetary allowances include the cost of Overheads,

Preliminaries and Profit.

A Interface with fire services and Damper Control system Lot 1 R 75 000.00

B Co-ordination Lot 1 R 75 000.00

C Acoustic Treatment Lot 1 R 25 000.00

D Final Power Connection Lot 1 R 100 000.00

E

BMS Controls for Ground, First and 2nd Floor and

communication link to main campus BMS Controls Lot 1R 752 508.00

F Stripping out of existing services Lot 1 R 75 000.00

G Additional valves and accessories Lot 1 R 60 000.00

H Allowance for onsite Measured items Lot 1 R 100 000.00

TOTAL TRANSFERRED TO ITEM 4.0 OF THE FORM OF TENDER R 1 262 508.00

41 - PART VII - (VII.1 VII.2, VII.3, VII.4, VII.5, VII.6).xlsx VII.5/36

SUBJECT : SUMMARY OF TENDER SUMS


DESCRIPTIONFROM PART

NO.

PAGE

NO.

2.1 PRELIMINARIES VII.2.1 9

2.2.1 BOQ 1 - GROUND FLOOR VII.2.2.1 5

2.2.2 BOQ 2 - LEVEL 1 VII.2.2.2 5

2.2.3 BOQ 3 - LEVEL 2 VII.2.2.3 5

2.2.4 BOQ 4 - CHILLED WATER SYSTEM VII.2.2.4 6

2.2.5 BOQ 5 - STRIPPING OUT OF EXISTING SERVICES VII.2.2.5 1

2.3 PRIME COSTS VII.3 1

2.4 PROVISIONAL AMOUNTS VII.4 1

2.5 BUDGETARY AMOUNTS VII.5 1 R 1 262 508.00

TOTAL TRANSFERRED TO FORM OF TENDER

VII.6/37


PART VII.1



NOMINATED/SELECTED

SUB-CONTRACT AGREEMENT (SECTION A)

Notes:

The JBCC Series 2000, N/S Subcontract Agreement (July 2007 edition 5.0)

prepared bt the Joint Building Contracts Committee shall be the applicable

agreement, amended as hereinafter described

The JBCC N-S Subcontract Agreement Contract Data ES and JBCC N-S

Subcontract Agreement Contract Data SE form and integral part of the

agreement

The Subcontractor is referred to the main contract Preliminaries for all

modifications, corrections or supplements under each clause, which shall

appply

DEFINITIONS


OBJECTIVE & PREPARATION





A6. Clause 6.0: Subcontractor's Site Representatives Item

A7. Clause 7.0: Compliance with Laws and Regulations Item



A10. Clause 10.0: General Insurances Item

A11. Clause 11.0: Special Insurances Item




EXECUTION


A16. Clause 16.0: Site and Access Item


UNISA FLORIDA LIBRARY - ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

SUB-TOTAL FOR THIS PAGE CARRIED FORWARD

A18. Clause 18.0: Setting out of the Works Item

A19. Clause 19.0: No Clause Item



A22. Clause 22.0: Other Subcontractors Item

COMPLETION









PAYMENT

A31. Clause 31.0: Interim Payment Item




A35. Clause 35.0: Direct Payment to Subcontractors Item

TERMINATION

A36. Clause 36.0: Termination by Contractor - Subcontractor's Default Item

A37. Clause 37.0: Termination by Contractor - Loss or Damage Item

A38. Clause 38.0: Suspension and Termination by Subcontractor -


A39. Clause 39.0: Termination - Cessation of the Works Item

SUB-TOTAL FROM PREVIOUS PAGE


DISPUTE

A40. Clause 40.0: Settlement of Disputes Item

CONTRACT AGREEMENT

A41. Post Tender Provisions Item

A42. Contractual Agreement Item

JBCC PRELIMINARIES (SECTION B)



B3. Clause 3.0: Previous Work and adjoining properties Item

B4. Clause 4.0: Samples, Shop Drawings and Manufacturer's Instructions Item

B5. Clause 5.0: Deposits and Fees Item









(Refer Part IIIa)

C1. Section 01: Definitions and Abbreviations Item

C2 Section 02: General Item

C3 Section 03: Drawings and Submissions Item

C4 Section 04: Work provided by Others Item

C5 Section 05: Compliance with Standards and Regulations Item

C6 Section 06: Safety Item

C7 Section 07: Hoisting and Rigging Item

C8 Section 08: Programming Item

C9 Section 09: Contract Management Item

C10 Section 10: Organization and Staff of Subcontractor Item

C11 Section 11: Protection Against Damage Item

C12 Section 12: Access to Equipment and Systems Item

C13 Section 13: Testing & Commissioning Item

C14 Section 14: Guarantee Item

C15 Section 15: Operating and Maintenance Manuals Item

C16 Section 16: One Year's Maintenance Item

C17 Section 17 : Completion of Subcontract work Item

C18 Section 18 : Building Tuning Item


FIXED

VALUE RELATED

TIME RELATED

TOTAL FOR BILL 1 CARRIED TO TENDER SUMMARY


PART VII.2

BILL No. 2 - DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

TENDER VALUE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY RATE AMOUNT

3.1 Supply, deliver, install, connect, test and commision

Main LT distribution boards - Floor Standing, fully front

accessable, c/w all switchgear indicated on the

drawings

3.1.1 MLV - Modifications to panel

Strip out and remove five (5) 400Amp TP circuit

breakers in MLV panel. Supply and Install three (5)

400A TP NSX400N circuit breakers in existing MLV

panel

Item 1

3.2 Supply, deliver, install, connect, test and commision

Sub-distribution boards - Floor Standing, fully front

accessable, c/w all switchgear indicated on the

drawings

3.2.1 DB -GA No 1

3.2.2 DB -1A No 1

3.2.3 DB- 1B No 1

3.2.4 DB 2A No 1

3.2.5 DB 2B No 1

3.4

Supply, deliver and install 750 x 750 x 150 deep

surface board with door for Telkom No 3



PRM-MAS-BIL-QUA-02-ELE- REVISION NO. 0 JULY 2007


PART VII.2

BILL No. 3 - LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION - LEVEL 1- GROUND FLOOR

TENDER VALUE


4 Supply, deliver, install and connect Cu PVC SWA PVC

600/1000V Cable

4.1.1 120mm² x 4 core

4.1.1.1 Supply and delivery Meter Rate

4.1.1.2 Installation Meter Rate

4.1.1.3 Termination, c/w glands, shrouds, lugs and connection No Rate

4.1.2 95mm² x 4 core




4.1.3 70mm² x 4 core




4.1.4 50 mm² x 4 core

4.1.4.1 Supply and delivery Meter 85

4.1.4.2 Installation Meter 85

4.1.4.3 Termination, c/w glands, shrouds, lugs and connection No 2

4.1.5 35mm² x 4 core




4.1.6 25 mm² x 4 core




4.1.7 16mm² x 4 core




4.1.8 10 mm² x 4 core




4.1.8 6 mm² x 4 core




4.2 Supply, install and terminate Kwena Type Earth Continuity

Conductor fixed to cables with cable ties spaced at 750mm:

4.2.1 70mm² Meter Rate


4.2.3 35mm² Meter 180




4.2.7 6mm² Meter 182






PART VII.2



4.3 Supply, deliver and installation OL76 heavy duty galvanised

cable ladders suspended from the ceiling slab or in shaft,

c/w cantilever arms, brackets, supports, nuts, screws,

washers, threaded rods, bends, offsets, all of which will be

galvanised.

4.3.1 100mm wide

4.3.1.1 Supply, deliver and install Meter Rate

4.3.1.2 Offsets No Rate

4.3.1.3 Bends No Rate

4.3.2 200mm wide

4.3.2.1 Supply, deliver and install Meter 168

4.3.2.2 Offsets No 2

4.3.2.3 Bends No 2

4.3.3 300mm wide


4.3.3.2 Tee No Rate


4.3.4 Support brackets (P1000 bracket with 12mm dia.

Galvanised hreaded rods) supply & install No 125

TOTAL BILL 3 CARRIED TO TENDER SUMMARY



PART VII.2


BILL No. 3 - LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION - LEVEL 2-FIRST FLOOR

TENDER VALUE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY


600/1000V Cable

4.1.1 120mm² x 4 core




4.1.2 70mm² x 4 core




4.1.3 50mm² x 4 core




4.1.4 35mm² x 4 core




4.1.5 25mm² x 4 core




4.1.6 16mm² x 4 core




4.1.7 10mm² x 4 core




4.1.8 6mm² x 4 core




4.1.8 4mm² x 4 core








4.2.3 35mm² Meter 169



4.2.6 10mm² Meter 169






PART VII.2







galvanised.

4.3.1 100mm wide



4.3.1.3 Bends No 2

4.3.2 200mm wide




4.3.3 300mm wide


4.3.3.2 Tee No Rate







PART VII.2


BILL No. 3 - LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION - LEVEL 3-SECOND FLOOR

TENDER VALUE


4.1.1 120mm² x 4 core




4.1.2 95mm² x 4 core




4.1.3 70mm² x 4 core




4.1.4 50 mm² x 4 core




4.1.5 35mm² x 4 core




4.1.6 25 mm² x 4 core




4.1.7 16mm² x 4 core




4.1.8 10 mm² x 4 core




4.1.8 6 mm² x 4 core








4.2.3 35mm² Meter 190



4.2.6 10mm² Meter 182






PART VII.2







galvanised.

4.3.1 100mm wide




4.3.2 200mm wide



4.3.2.3 Bends No 2

4.3.3 300mm wide


4.3.3.2 Tee No Rate







PART VII.2


SUMMARY -LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION

1 Level 1- Ground Floor

2 Level 2 - First Floor

3 Level 3 - Second Floor




PART VII.2

BILL No.4 - LIGHTING INSTALLATION -LEVEL 1- GROUND FLOOR

TENDER VALUE


WIREWAYS

4.1 Supply and Install Trunking

4.1.1 Supply and install P8000 trunking suspended from

slab and trusses in ceiling void.



4.2 Supply, delivery and installation of PVC conduits,

surface mounted in ceiling voids and fixed to walls or

cast-in or built into walls, including all fixing materials,

bends, terminations, draw boxes, etc.

4.2.1 20mm diameter



4.3 Supply, delivery and installation of Conduit outlets

boxes c/w locknuts and bushes built into brick or cast

into concrete or surface mounted

4.3.1 100 x 50 x 50 mm

4.3.1.1 Supply and delivery No 16

4.3.1.2 Installation No 16

ACCESSORIES

4.4 Supply and Install accessories to boxes

4.4.1 6A, 3-pin socket outlets to trunking/condiut box No 255

4.4.2 16Amp one lever one way light switch No 12

4.4.3 16Amp one lever two way light switch No 4

4.4.4 Occupancy sensor - Leviton OSC 4 IoW No 11

4.4.5 Occupancy sensor - Leviton OSSMD-GD No 2

4.4.6. Occupancy sensor - Leviton ODC 10 IoW No 12

4.4.7 Occupancy sensor - Leviton Power Pack-

OSP20-oDo No 4

4.4.8 National daylight switch No 1

4.4.9 Dimmer switches (2000W) No 2

WIRING AND TERMINALS

4.5 Supply, Deliver and installation of Cu Conductors:

4.5.1 4mm² PVC insulated conductor



4.5.2 2,5mm² PVC insulated conductor



4.5.3 2,5mm² Heat resistant conductor



4.5.4 2,5mm² PVC covered copper earth wire







PART VII.2



LIGHT FITTINGS

4.6 Supply, deliver, install, connect, test and

commissioning the following light fittings

4.6.1 Type A (2x36W Open channel flourescent fitting) No 4

4.6.2 Type B1 (6W LED) No 93

4.6.3 Type B2 (12W LED) No Rate

4.6.4 Type B3 (19 W LED) No Rate

4.6.5 Type B4 (24 W LED) No 19

4.6.6 Type C (17 W surface LED) No Rate

4.6.7 Type D (1x28W T5- shelving surface fluorescent) No Rate

4.6.8 Type D1 (1x28W T5 surface fluorescent) No Rate

4.6.9 Type E (2x26W Surface Bulk head) No Rate

4.6.10 Type F2 (2x28W Recessed High efficiency

fluorescent light) No106

4.6.11 Type F3 (3x28W Recessed high efficiency

fluorescent light) No

Rate



22

4.6.13 Type G1 (2x14W Recessed high efficiency

fluorescent light - with micro linear diffuser) No Rate


fluorescent light - with micro linear diffuser) No

Rate

4.6.15 Type H (400W Flood light) No Rate

4.6.16 Type I (38W LED track flood light) No Rate

4.6.17 Type J1 (11W Brick light) No Rate

4.6.18 Type J2 (LED Strip Step Light) No Rate

4.6.19 Type K (Surface Mounted Fluorescent fitting) No Rate

4.6.20 Type L (3x28W Surface Mounted Fluorescent fitting

with Micro linear Diffuser) No Rate

4.6.21 Type M (3x28W Recessed Fluorescent fitting with

Micro linear Diffuser) No

Rate

4.6.22 Type N (Special 1x24W Light Box fitting) No Rate

4.6.23 Type O ( Recessed 1x18W PL down light -splash

proof) No

Rate

4.6.24 Type P (Special 1x28W fluorescent for shelving) No Rate

4.6.25 Type Q (Post Top with 70W MH lanp on 3.5m Gal.

Pole) No

Rate

4.6.26 Type R - (Light Fitting in hand railing) No Rate

4.6.27 Type S ( Pendant High Bay wit 400W MH lamp) No Rate

4.6.28 Type T (LED Strip for Exhibition cabinets) No Rate

4.6.29 Type U (LED Strip installed in ceilings ) No Rate

4.6.30 Type V (Red LED Strip installed in ceilings ) No Rate

4.6.31 Type W ( Pendnat 2x54W Fitting) No Rate

4.6.32 Type X (Up -Down Light 2x7W LED) No Rate

4.6.33 Type Y (2x26W compact fluorescent bulkhead) No Rate

TOTAL CARRIED TO SUMMARY



PART VII.2


BILL No.4 - LIGHTING INSTALLATION -LEVEL 2- FIRST FLOOR

TENDER VALUE


WIREWAYS










4.2.1 20mm diameter






4.3.1 100 x 50 x 50 mm



ACCESSORIES


4.4.1 6A, 3-pin socket outlets to trunking No 452







OSP20-oDo No 4

















SUB TOTAL FOR THIS PAGE CARRIED FORWARD



PART VII.2



LIGHT FITTINGS



4.6.1 Type A (2x36W Open channel flourescent fitting) No Rate



4.6.4 Type B3 (19 W LED) No 161

4.6.5 Type B4 (24 W LED) No Rate




4.6.9 Type E (2x26W Surface Bulk head) No 4



209



Rate


fluorescent light) No Rate


fluorescent light - with micro linear diffuser) No21


fluorescent light - with micro linear diffuser) NoRate







with Micro linear Diffuser) No44


Micro linear Diffuser) NoRate



proof) NoRate



Pole) NoRate












PART VII.2


BILL No.4 - LIGHTING INSTALLATION -LEVEL 3- SECOND FLOOR

TENDER VALUE


WIREWAYS










4.2.1 20mm diameter






4.3.1 100 x 50 x 50 mm



ACCESSORIES


4.4.1 6A, 3-pin socket outlets to trunking No







OSP20-oDo No 4

















SUB TOTAL FOR THIS PAGE CARRIED FORWARD



PART VII.2



LIGHT FITTINGS



4.6.1 Type A (2x36W Open channel flourescent fitting) No Rate

4.6.2 Type B1 (6W LED) No 187


4.6.4 Type B3 (19 W LED) No 87

4.6.5 Type B4 (24 W LED) No 42




4.6.9 Type E (2x26W Surface Bulk head) No Rate



254



Rate


fluorescent light) No 15











with Micro linear Diffuser) NoRate


Micro linear Diffuser) NoRate



proof) NoRate



Pole) NoRate












PART VII.2


SUMMARY -INTERNAL LIGHTING

1 Level 1- Ground Floor

2 Level 2- First Floor

3 Level 3-Second Floor




PART VII.2

BILL No.5- SMALL POWER INSTALLATION - LEVEL 1 - GROUND FLOOR

TENDER VALUE


WIREWAYS

5.1 Supply, delivery and installation of PVC conduits, surface

mounted in ceiling voids and fixed to walls or cast-in or built into

walls, including all fixing materials, bends, terminations, draw

boxes, etc.

5.1.1 20mm diameter



5.1.1.3 25mm diameter - supply & install Meter 422

5.2 Supply, delivery and installation of Conduit outlets boxes c/w

locknuts and bushes built into brick or cast into concrete or

surface mounted

5.2.1 100 x 100 x 50 mm



5.3 Supply two compartment, two cover power skirting complete with

all accessories. Equal or approved to O-Line MS2/2

5.3.1 Supply, deliver and install Meter 116

5.3.2 Bends No 12

5.3.3 Ends No 38

5.4 Supply, delivery and install Power Poles No

5.5 Supply, delivery and installation of 3UA type floorbox outlets

(Cabstrut or similar), c/w carpet frame and lid, including the

removal of the polestyrene from concrete.

No

9

5.5.1 Supply, delivery and installation of Corperate Connection with 4

socket outlet and 3 data points

No55

ACCESSORIES

5.6 Supply, delivery and installation of socket outlets

5.6.1 16 A, 3-pin standard white SSO

5.6.1.1 Flush Mounted No 59

5.6.1.2 Mounted in floorbox No 23

5.6.1.3 Power skirting mounted No 86

5.6.1.4 Punto socket No 46

5.6.1.5 T- Bus from Electrosonic No 4

5.6.2 16 A, 3-pin double white SSO

5.6.2.1 Flush Mounted No Rate

5.6.2.2 Surface mounted No Rate

5.6.3 16 A, 3-pin dedicated black SSO (including black plug top)



5.7 Supply and installation of isolators

5.7.1 20A double pole surface mounted No 37

5.7.2 32A double pole flush type No 3

5.7.3 32A double pole - IP 65 Rotary lockable No 3

5.7.4 32A triple pole - IP 65 Rotary lockable No 1







PART VII.2


TENDER VALUE









5.8.2 4mm² PVC insulated earth



5.8.3 4mm² bare copper earth wire




600/1000V Cable

6.1 35mm² x 4 core

6.1.1 Supply and delivery Meter 82

6.1.2 Installation Meter 82

6.1.3 Termination, c/w glands, shrouds, lugs and connection No 2

7 Supply, install and terminate Kwena Type Earth Continuity


7.1 25mm² Meter 90




PART VII.2


TENDER VALUE



BILL No. 5 - SMALL POWER INSTALLATION - LEVEL 2- FIRST FLOOR

TENDER VALUE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT

WIREWAYS




boxes, etc.

5.1.1 20mm diameter






surface mounted

5.2.1 100 x 100 x 50 mm






5.3.2 Bends No 49

5.3.3 Ends No 28

5.4 Supply, delivery and install Power Poles No




No

37



No110

ACCESSORIES









5.6.2.1 Flush Mounted No Rate

5.6.2.2 Surface mounted No Rate





5.7.1 20A double pole No 48









PART VII.2


TENDER VALUE
















600/1000V Cable

6.1 35mm² x 4 core






7.1 25mm² Meter 250




PART VII.2


TENDER VALUE



BILL No. 5 - SMALL POWER INSTALLATION - LEVEL 3- SECOND FLOOR

TENDER VALUE


WIREWAYS




boxes, etc.

5.1.1 20mm diameter






surface mounted

5.2.1 100 x 100 x 50 mm






5.3.2 Bends No 8

5.3.3 Ends No 48

5.4 Supply, delivery and install Power Poles No Rate




No

38



No126

ACCESSORIES










5.6.2.2 Surface mounted No





5.7.1 20A double pole surface mounted No 52









PART VII.2


TENDER VALUE
















600/1000V Cable

6.1 35mm² x 4 core






7.1 25mm² Meter 170




PART VII.2


TENDER VALUE



SUMMARY -POWER

1 Level 1-Ground Floor No 1

2 Level 2- First Floor No 1

3 Level 3- Second Floor No 1




PART VII.2

BILL No.6 - VOICE/DATA WIREWAYS -LEVEL 1 - GROUND FLOOR

TENDER VALUE


1 Supply, delivery and installation of PVC conduits,

surface mounted in ceiling voids and fixed to walls

or cast-in or built into walls, including all fixing

materials, bends, terminations, draw boxes, etc.

1.1 32mm diameter

Supply and delivery Meter 380

Installation Meter 380

1.2 25mm diameter



2 Supply, installation and delivery of 300mm Heavy

Duty galvanised cable basket (welded wire mesh) in

ceiling void - Medium Duty including 12mm

diameter, 1200mm galvanised threaded rod

hangers every 1.5m supported from roof trusses or

concrete slab

2.1. Straight lenghts



2.2. Bends

Supply and delivery No 6

Installation No 6

2.3. Tee


Installation No 4

3 Supply, delivery and installation of Conduit outlets

boxes

65mm Round box


Installation No 110

100 x 100 x 50 mm


Installation No 64

4 Supply and installation of draw wire Meter 300

5 P9000 Galvanised unistrut including hangers every

1.5m fixed to concrete - Supply & Install Meter 110


1.5m fixed to concrete or Roof trusses - Supply &

Install Meter 66


SUB-TOTAL CARRIED FORWARD



PART VII.2


BILL No. 6- VOICE/DATA WIREWAYS -LEVEL 2- FIRST FLOOR

TENDER VALUE



surface mounted in ceiling voids and fixed to walls

or cast-in or built into walls, including all fixing

materials, bends, terminations, draw boxes, etc.

1.1 32mm diameter



1.2 25mm diameter




Duty galvanised cable basket (welded wire mesh) in

ceiling void - Medium Duty including 12mm


hangers every 1.5m supported from roof trusses or

concrete slab




2.2. Bends


Installation No 6

2.3. Tee


Installation No 4


boxes

65mm Round box


Installation No 110

100 x 100 x 50 mm


Installation No 64



1.5m fixed to concrete - Supply & Install Meter 110


1.5m fixed to concrete or Roof trusses - Supply &

Install Meter 66




PART VII.2


TENDER VALUE



surface mounted in ceiling voids and fixed to

walls or cast-in or built into walls, including all

fixing materials, bends, terminations, draw boxes,

etc.

1.1 32mm diameter



1.2 25mm diameter




Duty galvanised cable basket (welded wire mesh)

in ceiling void - Medium Duty including 12mm


hangers every 1.5m supported from roof trusses

or concrete slab




2.2. Bends


Installation No 6

2.3. Tee


Installation No 4


boxes

65mm Round box


Installation No 110

100 x 100 x 50 mm


Installation No 64


5 P9000 Galvanised unistrut including hangers

every 1.5m fixed to concrete - Supply & Install Meter 110

6 P2000 Galvanised unistrut including hangers

every 1.5m fixed to concrete or Roof trusses -

Supply & Install Meter 66


BILL No. 6- VOICE/DATA WIREWAYS -LEVEL 3- SECOND FLOOR



PART VII.2


SUMMARY -VOICE & DATA

1 Level 1-Ground Floor No 1

2 Level 2- First Floor No 1

3 Level 3- Second Floor No 1




PART VII.2

BILL No. 7 PRIME COST AMOUNTS

TENDER VALUE


"Prime Cost Amount" means an amount included in the

contract sum for the delivered cost of materials and

goods obtained from a Supplier as instruced by the

Principal Agent.

Prime Cost Amounts exclude the cost of Overheads,






PART VII.2

BILL No. 8- PROVISIONAL SUMS

TENDER VALUE


Provisional Sums

1 Lightning Protection mods Item 1 R 106 300.00 106 300.00

1.1 Profit and attendance Item 1

2 Stripping out existing services Item 1 R 52 000.00 R 52 000.00

Profit and attendance Item 1





PART VII.2

BILL No. 9 - BUDGETARY ALLOWANCES

TENDER VALUE


"Budgetary Allowance" means a sum of money included

in the Contract Sum for work intended for additional

work to be executed by the Contractor, the extent of

which is identified at a later stage by the consultant, but

not detailed

Budgetary allowances for future design and

development.Item 1 R 145 000.00 145 000.00

TOTAL FOR BILL 9 CARRIED TO TENDER SUMMARY 145 000.00





DESCRIPTION TENDER AMOUNT

BILL No.4 - LIGHTING INSTALLATION

BILL No. 6 - VOICE/DATA WIREWAYS

BILL No. 7 PRIME COST AMOUNTS

BILL No. 8- PROVISIONAL SUMS

BILL No. 9 - BUDGETARY ALLOWANCES R 145 000.00

CONTRACTOR:

TELEPHONE NO:

FAX NO:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

DATE SIGNATURE

ADDRESS:

TOTAL TENDER SUM ( EXCLUDING VAT) TO BE CARRIED TO FORM OF TENDER


BILL No. 3 - LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION

SUMMARY OF SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES

BILL No.1 - PRELIMINARIES

BILL No. 2 - DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

BILL No. 5 - SMALL POWER INSTALLATION





Item Fixed Value Time

no. Related Related

Note 1


The agreement entered into between the employer and the contractor

is the May 1998 (Code 2101) Principal Building Agreement prepared

by the Joint Building Contracts Committee and recommended by the

JBCC Constituents, as amplified and amended by:





the agreement.


principal building agreement, the preliminaries, the bills of quantities,

and such other documents as are identified in the schedule shall

collectively be referred to as the principal agreement)

Note 2


The selected subcontract agreement to be entered into between the

contractor and the subcontractor shall be referred to as the N/S







and/or amended by:




Note 3


preliminaries on the one hand and any provision contained in the N/S

agreement on the other hand, the relevant provisions of these


PROJECT NAME-UNISA FLORIDA LIBRARY - VOICE & DATA INSTALLATION



no. Related Related

Note 4


above for the full intent and meaning of each clause thereof. These

clauses are hereinafter referred to by clause number and heading

only. Where standard clauses or alternatives are not applicable to

this N/S agreement such modifications/corrections as are necessary

are given under each relevant clause heading. Changes to any

clauses shall be identified clearly. They tenderer shall allow apposite

each clause for any cost involved in complying with such clauses.






no. Related Related

DEFINITIONS


OBJECTIVE


PREPARATION













EXECUTION












no. Related Related

COMPLETION









PAYMENT






CANCELLATION





DISPUTE


SCHEDULE




NOMINATED/SELECTED



no. Related Related

DEFINITIONS


OBJECTIVE


PREPARATION













EXECUTION












no. Related Related

COMPLETION









PAYMENT






CANCELLATION






DISPUTE




no. Related Related

N/S SCHEDULE






schedule.



ADDITIONAL CLAUSES


subcontract:



subcontract agreement deliver to the contractor a waiver in respect of

contractor's lien which:















NECESSARY

The subcontractor shall provide everything necessary for the proper

execution of the subcontract works according to the true intent and

meaning of the subcontract documents, whether the same may or

may not be particularly shown or described, provided that the same is

reasonable to be inferred there from, and if the subcontractor finds

any discrepancy therein, he shall immediately and in writing refer the

same to the contractor, who shall decide the procedure. Figured

dimensions shall be followed in preference to scale.




no. Related Related

A44. DOCUMENTS

The following supplementary documents, the provisions of which form

an integral part of the N/S Contract Documents, and thus this N/S

Agreement to which the subcontractor is bound, are bound into these

Bills of Quantities -







Annexure 'G' - Special Client Specifications/Requirements




no. Related Related


NOTES

Note 1


the JBCC Principal Building Agreement May 1998 (Code 2101) and

JBCC N/S Subcontract Agreement May 1998 (Code 2102) is taken to

be incorporated herein. The tenderer is deemed to have referred to

these documents for the full intent and meaning each clause.




Note 2

The tenderer must allow opposite each clause for any costs in which

he may be involved in executing the works in accordance with the

said JBCC Preliminaries.

















no. Related Related


(Refer Part IIIa)













C29 Section 13: Testing & Commissioning





Subtotals

FIXED

VALUE RELATED

TIME RELATED




PART VII.2

BILL No. 2 - LEVEL 1 -GROUND FLOOR - VOICE INSTALLATION

TENDER VALUE


1 VOICE SYSTEM INSTALLATION

1.1 100 PAIR INDOOR TELEPHONE CABLE

1.1.1 Supply and delivery m 120

1.1.2 Installation m 120




1.3. 10 PAIR INDOOR TELEPHONE CABLE



1.4 SMK1 VOICE IVORY WITH RJ11 KEYSTONE

1.4.1 Supply and delivery Item 22

1.4.2 Installation Item 22

1.5 10 Way disconnect module



1.6 10 way back mount frame


1.6.2. Installation Item 2

1.7 HW PATCH RJ45 C5E GREY 1M0 MOULDED *GS*



1.8 RJ11 3m VOICE FLYLEADS



1.9 Distrubution box

1.9.1 Supply and delivery item 1

1.9.2 Installation item 1

1.1.0 Protection Module KP 10 (12001510

Supply and delivered Item 4

Installation Item 4



1.10 Test & Commissioning Item 22

1.11 Labeling Item 22

1.12 Removal of redundant cabling Item 1

1.13 Fguture design & Development Item 1


TOTAL BILL 2 CARRIED FORWARD TO SUMMARY


PART VII.2

BILL No. 3 - LEVEL 2- FIRST FLOOR - VOICE INSTALLATION

TENDER VALUE


















1.6 10 way back mount frame









1.9 Distrubution box





Installation Item 8






1.13 Fguture design & Development Item 1

TOTAL BILL 3 CARRIED FORWARD TO SUMMARY



PART VII.2

BILL No. 4 - LEVEL 3 - SECOND FLOOR - VOICE INSTALLATION

TENDER VALUE


















1.6 10 Back mount frame









1.9 Distribution box





Installation Item 8

PROJECT NAME-UNISA MUCKLENEUK LIBRARY - VOICE & DATA INSTALLATION





1.13 Future design & Development Item 1




PART VII.2

BILL No.5 - LEVEL 1 - GROUND FLOOR - DATA INSTALLATION

TENDER VALUE


1 DATA CAT 6 INSTALLATION

Note: Data installation shall include the security

cabling/backbone installation. (incl. all points,

cabling, accessories, etc.)

1.1

Krone HIGHWIRE GOLD C6 SOLID 305M GREY

(REEL)



1.2

TRUNKING FRAME FOR HK-KEYSTONES WHITE

50 x 50



1.3

KEYSTONE RJ45 KM8 C6 WHITE (PUNCH DOWN

)



1.4 ADAPTER HK 45DEG 25X50 WHITE



1.5 BLANK 25 X 50 PLATE



1.6 P801 Powerskirting punch plate 50 x 50 cut out



1.7 HW 24 PORT KM8 PATCH PANEL C6



1.8 HW PATCH RJ45 C6 GREY 1M0 MOULDED *GS*








1.10 Cable management brush panels



1.11

43u (800 x 1000) Floor Standing Smart Rack

including all Accessories - Covers,Single Glass Front

Door, Saloon Back Perforated Doors, Trays, 4

Extraction Fans, 10-Way Power Outlet, Earth-Bar,

Vertical and Horizontal Cable Management

accessories.



1.12 Earthing of Cabinets No 1




2 FIBER OPTIC INSTALLATION

2.1 24Port Fiber patch panel



2.2 ST MM Midcouplers



2.3 1m unjacketed MM pigtails



2.4 Splice protectors






2.5 Splice cassette



2.6 Entry gland



2.7 2m ST-LC Fiber MM patch lead



2.8 Fusion splices



2.9 OTDR Test



2.10 Fiber optic warning tags



2.11 Labeling on panel and fiber cable



2.12 8 Core Sm HDD 50/125



2.13 SWITCHES:

Note: UNISA will Supply, Installation cost must be

inculded. Vlan of port trunking to be manage by

UNISA.

SECURITY SWITCHES

2.13.1 24 Port Item 1

2.13.2 16 Port Item 1

DATA SWITCHES

2.13.3 24 Port Item 6

FIBRE SWITCHES

2.14 Future design & Development Item 1 24 000 24 000.00R



PART VII.2

BILL No. 6- LEVEL 2- SECOND FLOOR - DATA INSTALLATION

TENDER VALUE






1.1


(REEL)



1.2


50 x 50



1.3

KEYSTONE RJ45 KM8 C6 WHITE (PUNCH DOWN

)


























1.11

43u (800 x 1000) Floor Standing Smart Rack

including all Accessories - Covers,Single Glass Front

Door, Saloon Back Perforated Doors, Trays, 4

Extraction Fans, 10-Way Power Outlet, Earth-Bar,

Vertical and Horizontal Cable Management

accessories.























2.5 Splice cassette



2.6 Entry gland






2.8 Fusion splices



2.9 OTDR Test









2.12 8 Core Sm HDD 50/125



2.13 SWITCHES:



UNISA.

SECURITY SWITCHES

2.13.1 24 Port Item 1

2.13.2 16 Port Item 1

DATA SWITCHES

2.13.3 24 Port Item 12

FIBRE SWITCHES




PART VII.2

BILL No.7 -LEVEL 3 -SECOND FLOOR - DATA INSTALLATION

TENDER VALUE






1.1


(REEL)



1.2


50 x 50



1.3 KEYSTONE RJ45 KM8 C6 WHITE (PUNCH DOWN )


























1.11

43u (800 x 1000) Floor Standing Smart Rack including

all Accessories - Covers,Single Glass Front Door,

Saloon Back Perforated Doors, Trays, 4 Extraction

Fans, 10-Way Power Outlet, Earth-Bar, Vertical and

Horizontal Cable Management accessories.























2.5 Splice cassette



2.6 Entry gland






2.8 Fusion splices



2.9 OTDR Test









2.12 8 Core Sm HDD 50/125



2.13 SWITCHES:



UNISA.

SECURITY SWITCHES

2.13.1 24 Port Item 1

2.13.2 16 Port Item 1

DATA SWITCHES

2.13.3 24 Port Item 6

FIBRE SWITCHES




PART VII.2

BILL No. 8 - PROVISIONAL SUMS

TENDER VALUE


Provisional Sums exclude the cost of Overheads,


1 Costs for temporary voice installation Item 1 65000 R 65 000.00

1.1 Profit & attendance Item 1

2 Costs for temporary data installation Item 1 65000 R 65 000.00






PART VII.2


TENDER VALUE



in the Contract Sum for work intended for execution by

the Contractor, the extent of which is identified but not

detailed

1 Budgetary allowances include the cost for future

development.Item 1 R 115 000.00 115 000.00R

-R







-R

BILL No. 2 - LEVEL 1- GROUND FLOOR - VOICE INSTALLATION -R

BILL No. 3 - LEVEL 2- FIRST FLOOR - VOICE INSTALLATION -R

BILL No. 4 - LEVEL 3- SECOND FLOOR - VOICE INSTALLATION -R

BILL No. 5 - LEVEL 1- GROUND FLOOR - DATA INSTALLATION -R

BILL No. 6 - LEVEL 2- FIRST FLOOR - DATA INSTALLATION -R

BILL No.7 - LEVEL 2- SECOND FLOOR - DATA INSTALLATION -R

-R

-R

CONTRACTOR:

TELEPHONE NO:

FAX NO:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

DATE SIGNATURE


BILL No.8- PROVISIONAL SUMS

BILL No.9- BUDGETARY ALLOWANCES






PART VII.1



NOMINATED/SELECTED

SUB-CONTRACT AGREEMENT (SECTION A)

Notes:

The JBCC Series 2000, N/S Subcontract Agreement (July 2007 edition 5.0)

prepared bt the Joint Building Contracts Committee shall be the applicable

agreement, amended as hereinafter described

The JBCC N-S Subcontract Agreement Contract Data ES and JBCC N-S

Subcontract Agreement Contract Data SE form and integral part of the

agreement

The Subcontractor is referred to the main contract Preliminaries for all

modifications, corrections or supplements under each clause, which shall

appply

DEFINITIONS


OBJECTIVE & PREPARATION





A6. Clause 6.0: Subcontractor's Site Representatives Item

A7. Clause 7.0: Compliance with Laws and Regulations Item



A10. Clause 10.0: General Insurances Item

A11. Clause 11.0: Special Insurances Item




EXECUTION


A16. Clause 16.0: Site and Access Item


UNISA FLORIDA - SECURITY INSTALLATION




PART VII.1




A18. Clause 18.0: Setting out of the Works Item

A19. Clause 19.0: No Clause Item



A22. Clause 22.0: Other Subcontractors Item

COMPLETION









PAYMENT

A31. Clause 31.0: Interim Payment Item




A35. Clause 35.0: Direct Payment to Subcontractors Item

TERMINATION

A36. Clause 36.0: Termination by Contractor - Subcontractor's Default Item

A37. Clause 37.0: Termination by Contractor - Loss or Damage Item

A38. Clause 38.0: Suspension and Termination by Subcontractor -


A39. Clause 39.0: Termination - Cessation of the Works Item





PART VII.1




DISPUTE

A40. Clause 40.0: Settlement of Disputes Item

CONTRACT AGREEMENT

A41. Post Tender Provisions Item

A42. Contractual Agreement Item

JBCC PRELIMINARIES (SECTION B)



B3. Clause 3.0: Previous Work and adjoining properties Item

B4. Clause 4.0: Samples, Shop Drawings and Manufacturer's Instructions Item

B5. Clause 5.0: Deposits and Fees Item










PART VII.1





(Refer Part IIIa)

C1. Section 01: Definitions and Abbreviations Item

C2 Section 02: General Item

C3 Section 03: Drawings and Submissions Item

C4 Section 04: Work provided by Others Item

C5 Section 05: Compliance with Standards and Regulations Item

C6 Section 06: Safety Item

C7 Section 07: Hoisting and Rigging Item

C8 Section 08: Programming Item

C9 Section 09: Contract Management Item

C10 Section 10: Organization and Staff of Subcontractor Item

C11 Section 11: Protection Against Damage Item

C12 Section 12: Access to Equipment and Systems Item

C13 Section 13: Testing & Commissioning Item

C14 Section 14: Guarantee Item

C15 Section 15: Operating and Maintenance Manuals Item

C16 Section 16: One Year's Maintenance Item

C17 Section 17 : Completion of Subcontract work Item

C18 Section 18 : Building Tuning Item


FIXED

VALUE RELATED

TIME RELATED



SUBJECT : BILL OF QUANTITIESACCESS CONTROL - IMPRO COMPONENTS - XMP400i System

PART VII.2

BILL NO: 2: ACCESS CONTROL

Controller

Item / FloorDescription on Specific Doors Qty Unit

Supply

(R)Install (R)

Unit Total

(R)Total (R)

2.1

Level 1

ImproX iTRT 6 item

ImproX MDR 14 item

Magnetic Door Lock 11 item

Magnetic Door Contact 11 item

Hydraulic Door Closer 0 item

Emergency Break-Glass-Unit with

key override switch included11 item

12V Single Pole Relay 11 item

Siren above door to interface with

key override switch10 item

2.2

Level 1

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item









2.3

Level 1

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 0 item










Exit Turnstile 2 - Access Controled

SUB-TOTAL FOR THIS PASE CARRIED FORWARD

Entrance Turnstile 1 - - Access

Controled

Security Emergency Escape Door

2.4

Level 1

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 0 item









2.5

Level 1

ImproX Ecii 1 item

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item









2.6

Level 1

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item










Access Passage Door to New Meeting

Room


Staircase Emergency Escape Door

Access door to Main Server Room /

Patch Room 1

2.7

Level 1

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item









2.8

Level 1

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item









2.9

Level 1

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item










Access door to New Reception

Access Door to new waiting area


Access door to New Post Room

&

Entrance to Emergency Escape Door

2.10

Level 1

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item









2.11

Level 1

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item









2.12

Level 2

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item










Patch Room 2 &

Emergency Escape Door

Access door to New Training Room

&



&


Access Passage Door


2.13

Level 2

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item









2.14

Level 2

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item









2.15

Level 2

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item









Access door to Main Server Room / Patch

Room 3

Access Passage Door


&



Access Door to Book Area

2.16

Level 2

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item









2.17

Level 2

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item









2.18

Level 2

ImproX iTRT 1 item

ImproX MDR 2 item









Access Door 1 to New Sorting Room

Access Door 2 to New Sorting Room


Patch Room 4 &




ImproX Ecii

ImproX Itrt

ImproX

MDR

ImproX UHF

Receiver

Magnetic

Door Lock

Magnetic

Door

Contact

Hydraulic

Door Closer

Emergency

Break-Glass-

Unit

Used along with

FR02-1 Break Glass

Unit in oder to signal

breakage / activation of

unit12V DC SINGLE POLE RELAY

STANDARD SURFACE

MOUNTED DOOR

MONITOR (BROWN &

WHITE)

Emergency Break-Glass-Unit, Green,

including all other miscellaneous

items required to complete the

access point . (This unit must include

an overage key switch to allow

interfacing with the strobe above

each door)

JAGUAR MEDIUM

DUTY DOOR CLOSER

Hydraulic Door Closer including all

other miscellaneous items required

to complete the access point

IPS970-0-0-GB IXP400i Ethernet

Controller in power supply box

IPS920-0-0-GB-04 2nd Generation

ImproX Intelligent Twin Reader

Terminal (iTRT) – RS485, 3amp PSU

MDR900-5-0-GB ImproX Multi-

Discipline Reader (MDR)

UHR903-0-1-GB ImproX UHF

Receiver - 4 Channel, 433.92MHz

E-LOCK 12V DC

MAGNETIC LOCK

12V Single

Pole Relay

Magnetic Lock, 12Vdc, fail

unsecured, Incl Fixing Plates, Z-

bracket, etc.

Magnetic Door Contacts including all

other miscellaneous items required

to complete the access point

Installed inside all

Break Glass Units

SUBJECT : ACCESS CONTROL - MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE

PART VII.2

BILL NO 2: ACCESS CONTROL - MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE

ITEM/

FLOOR DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT SUPPLY (R)

INSTALL

(R)

UNIT TOTAL

(R) TOTAL (R)

2.32 Miscellaneous Hardware

4 Core Mylar 200 item

2 core .75mm Cabtyre 100 item

2 Core Mylar 100 item

2 Core+Earth 2.5mm Norse

Cable 100 item

16 x 25mm EGA Trunking

including all bends,

drawboxes and

miscellaneous items

required to complete

installation

40 item

2.33

Computer & Associated

Hardware

Webcam Logitech Quickcam

5MP 1 item

Card Printer Fargo HDP5000

D/Side Cards 1 item

SAG914-4-0-GB Sagem

Mifare Encoder 1 item

SAG913-0-0-GB Sagem USB

Enrolment Reader 1 item

2.34 Software

INS942-1-0-GB Impronet

Engine Only 1 item

INS945-1-0-GB Impronet

Access Only 13.56 MHz 1 item

XPM913-1-0-GB Impronet

Utilities 13.56MHz 1 item

INM948-1-0-GB Impronet

Engine Upgrade from

Firebird to SQL Unlock Code 1 item

INM950-1-0-GB Impronet

Engine Upgrade from

Firebird to SQL Unlock Code 1 item

INI960-0-0-GB ImproTouch

unlock Code 1 item

2.35 Future Development 1 item R 20 000.00

TOTAL SUMMARY OF BILL NO. 2


SUBJECT : CLOSE CURCUITE TELEVISION REQUIREMENTS

PART VII.3

BILL NO: 3: CLOSE CURCUITE TELEVISION REQUIREMENTS

Item/

FloorDescription

Model

numberQty Unit Supply (R) Install (R) Unit Total (R) Total (R)

3.1

Level 1

1/3" COLOUR MPEG-4 dual-

stream Vandalproof IP Camera,

FLEXIDOME IP D/N Switchable

IR cut filter, 540TVL, Lux

0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

12 item

3.2

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

3.3

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

3.4

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item


Emergency Escape Door Camera for

general overview of area and reading tables.

To be installed in ceiling tile. To link up to the

nearest PoE switching the building

Security Emergency Escape Door Camera

for viewing of access controlled door. To be

installed in ceiling tile. To link up to the


Exit Turnstile Camera 1for viewing of

access controlled door to area. To be

installed in ceiling tile. To link up to the


Entrance Turnstile Camera 2 placement to

view entrance door. To link up to the nearest

PoE switching the building.


3.5

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

3.6

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

3.7

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

3.8

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

New Information Comms

Camera 1 placement to view

entrance door. To link up to the

nearest PoE switching the

building.

New Waiting Area Camera

placement to view entrance

door. To link up to the nearest


New Reseption Staff Camera





New Reseption Student

Camera placement to view



building.


3.9

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

3.10

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

3.11

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWC-0495-

10P1 item

3.12

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item



New Information Reseption Desk

Camera placement in ceiling

tile, showing overview of main

reception. To link up to the


building


Camera 2 placement to view



building.

Lift Lobby Camera for viewing of entrance to

turnstiles. To be installed in ceiling tile. To

link up to the nearest PoE switching the

building

Entrance to Book Shelf Area

Camera for viewing entrance

through book detector

scanners. To be installed in

ceiling tile. To link up to the


building

3.13

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

3.14

Level 1





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

3.15

Level 2





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

3.16

Level 2





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item




Camera placement to view



building.

Entrance Foyer Camera




New Training Room Camera




Research Comms Camera 1





3.17

Level 2





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

3.18

Level 2





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWD-

495V03-

10P+

1 item

3.19

Level 2





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWC-0495-

10P1 item

3.20

Level 2





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWC-0495-

10P1 item


New Book Area Door 2

Camera for viewing of area. To

be installed in ceiling tile. To

link up to the nearest PoE

switching the building

Lift Lobby Camera for viewing

of entrance to turnstiles. To be

installed in ceiling tile. To link

up to the nearest PoE switching

the building

Reseption Desk Research

Comms Camera placement to

view entrance door. To link up

to the nearest PoE switching

the building.


New Book Area Door 1

Camera for viewing of area. To

be installed in ceiling tile. To

link up to the nearest PoE

switching the building

3.21

Level 2





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWC-0495-

10P1 item

3.22

Level 2





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWC-0495-

10P1 item

3.23

Level 2





0.027, 3-9mm F1.4

VARIFOCAL LENS,

12VDC/24VAC or PoE

NWC-0495-

10P1 item







Access Control door to

Passage Camera placement in

ceiling tile, showing overview of

area. To link up to the nearest

PoE switching the building





3.24 VIDOS VIRTUAL MATRIX

Management and viewing

software with map edition and

alarm management for 64

Devices.

VIDOS64CH 3 Item

Tower PC, DUAL DISPLAY, 1

X 500GB HDD. NO MONITOR

INCLUDED. Workstation

Camera Display Capabilities

25 IMAGES @4CIF

WKST-25D 1 Item

Advanced Export Tool for

Archive Player.

VIDOS-

APEXT3 item

3.25 SPOT MONITORS

MPEG-4/2 Single/Quad

receiver, USB, serial I/O, 4

alarm in and 1 relay out

VIPXD 1 Item

Digimore Color active matrix

TFT LCD panel, Aspect Ratio

4 : 3/ 19” viewable diagonal

area, Black anti-glare, low

reflection coating, 1280 (H) x

1024 (V) Pixel numbers/ 16.7

million colors, brightness 300

cd/ m2; 800 : 1 contrast, 170o

(type) in horizontal/ 170o (type)

in vertical View Angle, < 8 ms

Response, BNC-in connector x

1; BNC-out connector, 4 Pin

Dim S-Connector x 1, RCA

connector x 2 (Audio-R & Audio-

L), 15 Pin Female D-Sub Jack x

1, Input Voltage: Universal/

Auto-sensing, 90 ~ 260 VAC,

50/60 Hz, Power Consumption:

32W in operating/ 5W in

Standby

P1908-SV 2 item

3.26 IMPRO INTEGRATION

Bi-Directional Integration

between Vidos and Impro

Access Control System

including Bosch Automation

Interface for 3rd party software

to communicate with VIDOS

VIDOS-

IMPRO1 item



All Switches to be supplied and installed by UNISA.

Please confirm that all field switches are PoE

We have allowed Media Convertors where necessary - outdoor cameras that will be a distance from the building.

Please ensure there is a maximum of 100 meters between each camera point and switch, if not ensure the client is made

aware of the situation.

We have allowed Media Convertors where necessary - outdoor cameras that will be a distance from the building.

Please ensure there is a maximum of 100 meters between each camera point and switch, if not ensure the client is made

aware of the situation.

3.27 VRM & ISCSI RECORDING

VRM v1.2 Base Package incl.

16 cameras single-pack

MVM-

BVRM2-0161 Item

3.28VRM 64 camera Upgrade

License

MVM-XVRM-

0641 Item

3.29ARCHIVE PLAYER

EXPORTER

MVC-

FAPEX

3.30

Server Tower Chassis,

Single Dual Core Xeon

Processor, Single Network

Controller - Onboard, English

Windows 2003 R2 Std Svr 5

CAL, Open Manage Server

Software, 1 x 250GB HDD. 1

Year next Business Day on-site

assistance warranty.

VRM-SVR-T 1 Item

3.31

FAS2020 Iscsi "Raid DP"

System "NAS" (12 Bay) for the

VIP-X Range and Dinion IP

including 12 X 1TB disks,

Effectively 7TB

DSA-N2B20-

12AT1 item

3.32 System Protection Items

Desktop Lockout was created

to secure Workstations in the

Control room environment from

unwanted and un-authorized

access to the System. This

Lockout software protects the

changing of camera and

recording settings, prohibits

users to gain access to the

Internet or e-mail and can be

adapted to any client

specification.

LOCKOUT 1 Item

3.33

Anti-Virus software has been

designed to protect the System

on an Open or Closed network

against viruses of an intentional

or unintentional nature

ANTI-VIRUS 1 Item

3.34

Backup Software allows the

user to create a full backup on

the System, settings and User

authorizations and can be re-

installed at any given time

when the System has been

corrupted or the functionality

damaged by unforeseen

circumstances

BACKUP

SOFTWARE1 item



3.35 MICCELLANEOUS ITEMS

Cable (UTP CAT 6 CABLE)

SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED

BY VOICE & DATA

CONTRACTOR) (700M)

0 m

25mm PVC Conduit Including

all bends, draw boxes and

miscellaneous items required to

complete the installation (For

communications cables and

power cables throughout the

site) SUPPLIED AND

INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL

CONTRACTOR) (500M)

0 m

3.36

Civil work (shallow trenching

and installation of sleeve for

external cameras) making good

of tar/paving

0 m

3.37Recover redundant CCTV

equipment1 sum

3.38SUB SYSTEM TESTING AND

COMMISSIONING1 sum

3.39EARTHING AND LIGHTNING

PROTECTION1 sum


TOTAL CARRIED FORWARD TO SUMMARY OF BILL NO. 3

SUBJECT : BOOK DETECTOR REQUIREMENTS

PART VII.4

BILL NO: 4: BOOK DETECTOR REQUIREMENTS

Detector

Item /

Floor

Description on

Specific DoorsQty Unit

Supply

(R)Install (R)

Unit Total

(R)Total (R)

4.1

Level 2

Double Book Detector -3M

Tattle Tape 3502 series

(Direct Mounted) incl.

Inflared Beam System

2 Item

4.2

Level 1

Single Book Detector -3M

Tattle Tape 3501 series

(Direct Mounted) incl.

Inflared Beam System

4 Item



SUBJECT : TEST, COMMISSION, TRAINING and GUARANTEE

PART VII.5

BILL NO 5: TEST, COMMISSION, TRAINING and GUARANTEE

ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT Qty SUPPLY (R)

INSTALL

(R)

UNIT COST

(R)

TOTAL COST

(R)

4.1

Conduct a full site inspection doing

a detailed investigation to

determine all cable routes for

access control and fibre optic,

liasing with UNISA ICT getting

proposed routes and method of

installation approved by UNISA

sum 1

4.2Complete System Testing and

Commissioningsum 2

4.3Training of System Operators and

Administratorday 5

4.4Operators Manual (4 sets hard

copy and 1 set soft copy)sum 4

4.5Maintenance Manuals (4 sets hard

copy and 1 set soft copy)sum 4

4.6Cable Schedule (4 sets hard copy

and 1 set soft copy)sum 4

4.7 System Schematic Drawings (4 sets

hard copy and 1 set soft copy)

sum 4

4.8As Built Drawings (4 sets hard copy

and 1 set soft copy)sum 4

4.9

12 Months Guaranteee on

Equipment and Workmanship (incl

12 month maintenance and service

period)

sum 12

4.10Extended 5 Year Impro Warrantee

sum 1

4.11Extended 5 Year Bosch Warrantee

sum 1

4.12Items specified or required but not

measuredsum 1

4.13AUDIT TO BE DONE BY IMPRO

ON INSTALLATION sum 1




PART VII.2


TENDER VALUE


"Budgetary Allowance" means a sum of

money included in the Contract Sum for

work intended for execution by the

Contractor, the extent of which is

identified but not detailed

1 Budgetary allowances include the cost of

Overheads, Preliminaries ans Profit.Item Lot - 80 000.00R

80 000.00R



ITEM Total (R)

1 BILL No. 1 - PRELIMINARIES

2 BILL NO: 2: ACCESS CONTROL

3 BILL NO 2: ACCESS CONTROL - MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE

4 BILL NO: 3: CLOSE CURCUITE TELEVISION REQUIREMENTS

5

6 BILL NO 5: TEST, COMMISSION, TRAINING and GUARANTEE

7 BILL No. 6 - BUDGETARY ALLOWANCES R 80 000.00

Total - Access Control & CCTV

Summary of Schedules - UNISA, Florida - Access Control & CCTV

DESCRIPTION

Grand Total - Access Control & CCTV

VAT

BILL NO 4: BOOK DETECTOR REQUIREMENTS





no. Related Related

Note 1


The agreement entered into between the employer and the contractor

is the May 1998 (Code 2101) Principal Building Agreement prepared

by the Joint Building Contracts Committee and recommended by the

JBCC Constituents, as amplified and amended by:





the agreement.


principal building agreement, the preliminaries, the bills of quantities,

and such other documents as are identified in the schedule shall

collectively be referred to as the principal agreement)

Note 2


The selected subcontract agreement to be entered into between the

contractor and the subcontractor shall be referred to as the N/S







and/or amended by:




Note 3


preliminaries on the one hand and any provision contained in the N/S

agreement on the other hand, the relevant provisions of these


PROJECT NAME-UNISA FLORIDA LIBRARY - UPS INSTALLATION



no. Related Related

Note 4


above for the full intent and meaning of each clause thereof. These

clauses are hereinafter referred to by clause number and heading

only. Where standard clauses or alternatives are not applicable to

this N/S agreement such modifications/corrections as are necessary

are given under each relevant clause heading. Changes to any

clauses shall be identified clearly. They tenderer shall allow apposite

each clause for any cost involved in complying with such clauses.






no. Related Related

DEFINITIONS


OBJECTIVE


PREPARATION













EXECUTION












no. Related Related

COMPLETION









PAYMENT






CANCELLATION





DISPUTE


SCHEDULE




NOMINATED/SELECTED



no. Related Related

DEFINITIONS


OBJECTIVE


PREPARATION













EXECUTION












no. Related Related

COMPLETION









PAYMENT






CANCELLATION






DISPUTE




no. Related Related

N/S SCHEDULE






schedule.



ADDITIONAL CLAUSES


subcontract:



subcontract agreement deliver to the contractor a waiver in respect of

contractor's lien which:















NECESSARY

The subcontractor shall provide everything necessary for the proper

execution of the subcontract works according to the true intent and

meaning of the subcontract documents, whether the same may or

may not be particularly shown or described, provided that the same is

reasonable to be inferred there from, and if the subcontractor finds

any discrepancy therein, he shall immediately and in writing refer the

same to the contractor, who shall decide the procedure. Figured

dimensions shall be followed in preference to scale.




no. Related Related

A44. DOCUMENTS

The following supplementary documents, the provisions of which form

an integral part of the N/S Contract Documents, and thus this N/S

Agreement to which the subcontractor is bound, are bound into these

Bills of Quantities -







Annexure 'G' - Special Client Specifications/Requirements




no. Related Related


NOTES

Note 1


the JBCC Principal Building Agreement May 1998 (Code 2101) and

JBCC N/S Subcontract Agreement May 1998 (Code 2102) is taken to

be incorporated herein. The tenderer is deemed to have referred to

these documents for the full intent and meaning each clause.




Note 2

The tenderer must allow opposite each clause for any costs in which

he may be involved in executing the works in accordance with the

said JBCC Preliminaries.

















no. Related Related


(Refer Part IIIa)













C29 Section 13: Testing & Commissioning





Subtotals

FIXED

VALUE RELATED

TIME RELATED





PART VII.2

BILL No. 2 - 150kVA UPS SYSTEM FOR COMPUTER EQUIPMENT

TENDER VALUE


2.1

Supply, delivery, installation, connection, testing and

commissioing of 100 kVA 12 Pulse UPS unit suitable for

battery type as specified No 1

2.2 Battery stand, suitable to carry batteries as specified No 1

2.310 minute batteries on stand, including all terminations and

cables No 1

2.4

On site battery capacity testing according to manufacturers

specifications by a manufacturer approved DC installer and

testing agent Item 1

2.5 Cable terminations in panel Item 1

2.6 Testing and commissioning

2.6.1 Factory Testing as specified Item 1

2.6.2 Commissioning on site as specified Item 1

2.7 Provide training of the system to the operators from the user

department 1

2.8 Drawings/Manuals (3 sets) Item 1



PART VII.2


TENDER VALUE


Provisional Sums exclude the cost of Overheads,


1 Costs for temporary installation Item 1 30 000 R 30 000.00






PART VII.2


TENDER VALUE



in the Contract Sum for work intended for execution by

the Contractor, the extent of which is identified but not

detailed

1 Budgetary allowances include the cost for future

development.Item 1 R 12 000.00 12 000.00R

-R







BILL No. 2 - 150kVA UPS SYSTEM FOR COMPUTER EQUIPMENT -R

-R

-R

-R

CONTRACTOR:

TELEPHONE NO:

FAX NO:

E-MAIL ADDRESS:

DATE SIGNATURE






BILL No. 4- BUDGETARY ALLOWANCES



Bill NO 1 : ENGINEERING GENERAL CONDITIONS

GENERAL CONDITIONS

1 Insurance

2 Section 37.2 - Safety Plan

3 OCM Act Implimentation

4 Site Standards

5Main Contractor Specific P&G (Refer to Main

Contractors Document)

Subtotals

FIXED

VALUE RELATED

TIME RELATED

TOTAL TRANSFERRED TO BILL SUMMARY ITEM 1

Value Related Time Relatedno. Item Fixed

1

BILL NO 2 : ANALOGUE ADDRESSABLE SMOKE DETECTION


ANALOGUE ADRESSABLE DETECTION SYSTEM

Price given below shall be nett cost of equipment and

materials supplied and installed on site and shall:

- exclude profit, overheads, financing, insurance and

guarantee costs

- exclude engineering and management costs

- exclude VAT

REMOVAL OF EXISTING DETECTORS AND BASES FOR

RE-USE WITH SAFE KEEPING -

1 Optical detector with base on ceiling No 101

2 Optical detector with base in void with remote led No 1

3 Heat detector with base on ceiling No 4

4 Manual call point No 1

5 Base sounder / Strobe complete with base on ceiling No 18

6STRIP OLD CONVENTIONAL DEVICES - Dis-connect from

panel and terminate EOLs as necessarySum 1

RE-INSTALLATION OF DETECTORS AND BASES

PREVIOUSLY REMOVED FOR SAFE KEEPING -

7 Optical detector with base on ceiling No 101

8 Optical detector with base in void with remote led No 1

9 Heat detector with base on ceiling No 1

10 Manual call point No 1

11 Strobe ONLY complete with base on ceiling No 18

12

FIRE RATED CABLING (PH 30 not FR 20) Allow for

adequate cabling for all systems according to specfiications

(PH 30 x 1,5mm2 cabling)

m 4800

13 Fire rated cable PH 30 x 1,5mm² in areas not yet defined m 1000

14

CONDUIT AND COUPLINGS Allow for the procurement and

installation of PVC conduit (with necessary couplings,

junction boxes, etc.) in terms of the specifications 25 mm

diameter.

m 4350

15SIGNAGE Provide A2 colour coded zone diagrams, layouts

etc. laminated and framed behind glass at entranceItem 3

16

PVC SPRAGUE AND ACCESSORIESProvide the

necessary ADAPTAFLEX Sprague and accessories not

specifically mentioned elsewhere in B.O.Q.

m 375

17 Address card 128 point - ADC 0128 - Provisional . No 2

18 Loop module - LSN 0300A to suit existing - Provisional No 2

19 ANY ITEM NOT LISTED Specify


SUB-TOTALS TRANSFERRED TO "BILL NO 2 : SUMMARY" item 1

2




NEW BOSCH DEVICES TO MATCH EXISTING

ANALOGUE ADDRESSABLE SMOKE DETECTORS AND

BASES Allow for the procurement, installation, testing and

commissioning of analogue addressable smoke detectors as

follows:

20Optical detectors complete with base in ceiling void - FAP-O

420No 65

21 Optical detectors complete with base on ceiling - FAP-O 420 No 79

22 Strobe complete with base - FNS 420 R No 2

23Optical Detectors complete with base in areas not yet

defined (ceiling mounted) - FAP-O 420No 12

24Manual call points - FMC -420 RW GS RRD - re-settable

with clear hinged flap and reset keyNo 11

25

CEILING LEDS Allow for the procurement, installation,

testing and commissioning of Ceiling LEDs indicating

positions of optical detectors in ceiling void

No 65

INTERFACE UNITS Allow for procurement and installation

interfaces complete with all programming and interfacing

26Relay high voltage interface - FLM - 420 RHV DIN rail mount

in plastic enclosure with clear lid - fire damper controlNo 20

27Relay high voltage interface - FLM - 420 RHV DIN rail mount

in plastic enclosure with clear lid - HVAC fan controlNo 8

28

Relay high voltage interface - FLM - 420 RHV DIN rail mount

in plastic enclosure with clear lid - HVAC shutdown -

Provisional

No 16

29 Relay module 8 way panel mount - RML 0008A No 1

30 Allowance for reprogramming of GS Net software Item 1

31CONSUMABLES Allow for consumable items used in

installation of fire detection system.Item 1



3




BILL NO 2 : SUMMARY

1 Item 1

2 Item 2

TOTAL BILL NO 2 TRANSFERRED TO "SUMMARY OF BILLS" item 2

4

BILL NO 3 : EMERGENCY AUDIO EVACUATION AND FIRE TELEPHONE SYSTEMS


All in accordance with the drawings and specification

AUDIO EVACUATION SYSTEM CONTROL

Price given below shall be nett cost of equipment and

materials supplied and installed on site and shall:

- exclude profit, overheads, financing, insurance and

guarantee costs

- exclude engineering and management costs

- exclude VAT

BOSCH PRAESIDEO AUDIO EVACUATION RACK

Complete, installed and commissioned into service with

suitable amplifier units and control equipment as specified -

1 RACK

19" Mesh fronted equipment rack, heavy duty on wheels with 2

sets of internal heavy duty shelves to accommodate 4 heavy

duty batteries - 36U

No 1

2 RACK INTER-CONNECTING LEADSFibre-optic fly leads 500mm - LBB 4416/01 No 3

3 AMPLIFIER 500w amplifier with a minimum of 4 x 125w

channels per amplifier - PRS 4P 125No 1

4 FIBRE-OPTIC INTERFACE UNIT SINGLE MODE

Interface unit - PRS FINS No 2

5 Fibre-optic cable inclusive of terminations m 75

6

POWER SUPPLY UNITS Allow for the procurement,

installation, testing and commissioning of power supply unit

complete with batteries to suit required standby period- PRS-

48CH12 48V

No 1

CALL STATION7 Call station extension panel - LBB 4432/00 No 1

AUDIO EVACUATION SYSTEM: CABLING ANDCONDUITING

8FIRE RATED CABLING (PH120) Allow for adequate cabling

for the wiring of the emergency evacuation system to

specification. (1.5mm²)m 1620


5




9CONDUIT AND COUPLINGS Allow for the procurement and

installation of PVC conduit (with necessary couplings, junction

boxes, etc.) in terms of the specifications.25 mm diameter

m 1230

10 SPRAGUE AND ACCESSORIESProvide the necessary

ADAPTAFLEX sprague and accessories for the project.m 120

11CONSUMABLES Allow for consumable items used in

installation of fire detection and emergency evacuation

system.

Item

12ADDITIONAL ITEMS Any additional equipment necessary to

complete the fire evacuation installation, but not allowed

elsewhere in the Bill of Quantities. (Furnish Details)

Item

AUDIO EVACUATION SYSTEM: DEVICES

13

EVACUATION SPEAKERS Allow for the procurement,

installation, testing and commissioning of Bosch evacuation

speakers complete with back box for ceiling tile or surface

mount.

No 81

14 Speakers in areas not yet defined No 10

15 Active termination devices for speaker lines No 3

FIRE TELEPHONE SYSTEM

16 Aiphone TC-M10 master station complete with power supply No 1

17 Aiphone TB - SE sub-station marked "FIRE PHONE" No 7

18 Red powder coated fire phone surface enclosure No 7

19 PH 120 cable -2 core x 1,5mm² m 1100

20 Cable basket or channel to underside to ground floor slab -

100 x 50 mmm 70

21 Local call station at Library reception desk on Ground floor

complete with cable - ProvisionalNo 1




6




ITEM

1 PAGE 1

2 PAGE 2

SUMARY OF TENDER BILL NO 3

TOTAL TRANSFERRED TO BOQ SUMMARY - ITEM 3

7

BILL NO 4 : SCAFFOLDING AND ERECTION EQUIPMENT


1

SCAFFOLDING Allow for the provision, erection, use,

dismantling and transportation of scaffolding in

accordance with the requirements of the Occupational

Health and Safety Act (Act 85 of 1993).

Item

2

ERECTION EQUIPMENT Allow for any additional

erection equipment required for the installation of the

system to all portions of the building as indicated on

the tender drawings.

Item

3 ANY ITEM NOT LISTED Specify Item



8

BILL NO 5 : ENGINEERING, MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL


1

PROJECT ENGINEERING, MANAGEMENT AND QUALITY

CONTROL Allow for provision of project engineering,

management and quality control in accordance with the

conditions of subcontract. Item

2

12 MONTH (1 YEAR'S) FREE MAINTENANCE AND

GUARANTEE Allow for 12 month's free maintenance and

guarantee in accordance with specifications. Monthly fire

panel log printout included.

Analogue Addressable Detection System, Evacuation system

and Fire telephone system Item

3TESTING, COMMISSIONING AND HANDOVER Allow for all

factors required for the testing, commissioning and handover

of the fire protection systems as specified

Analogue Addressable Detection System and Evacuation

system Item

4PROFIT OVERHEADS AND INSURANCE COSTS Allow for

profit, overheads and insurance costs

Analogue Addressable Detection System, Evacuation system

and Fire telephone system Item

5

INSTRUCTION MANUALS, DRAWINGS, ETC. Allow for

the production of all instruction manuals, drawings,

details, etc. required for the systems and equipment

associated with this specification. (5 X Hardcopies, 1

X Soft copy Item

6 ANY ITEM NOT LISTED Specify Item



9

BILL NO 6 : DESIGN DEVELOPMENT


1"Design Development" means a sum of money included in the

Contract Sum for work intended for execution by the

Contractor, the extent of which is identified but not detailed

Design Development allowances include the cost of Overheads,

Preliminaries and Profit.

Interface with HVAC systems, smoke extraction and co-ordination

and controlItem Lot R 35,000.00

R 35,000.00



10

SUMMARY OF TENDER BILLS

BILL

DESCRIPTION

1 Bill NO 1 : ENGINEERING GENERAL CONDITIONS

2 BILL NO 2 : ANALOGUE ADDRESSABLE SMOKE DETECTION

3BILL NO 3 : EMERGENCY AUDIO EVACUATION AND FIRE TELEPHONE

SYSTEMS

4 BILL NO 4 : SCAFFOLDING AND ERECTION EQUIPMENT

5 BILL NO 5 : ENGINEERING, MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL

6 BILL NO 6 : DESIGN DEVELOPMENT R 35,000.00

SUB TOTAL OF TENDER

TOTAL TRANSFERRED TO ITEM 1.0 OF THE FORM OF TENDER (ITEM 8 ABOVE)

ITEM AMOUNT


11